Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout8915 Project ManualEffective Date January 2021 City of Denton Table of Contents - CSP 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Recycling Center Facility Improvements Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Division 00 - General Conditions 00 05 16 Addenda - CSP 00 11 19 Invitation to Offerors - CSP 00 21 16 Instructions to Offerors - CSP 00 35 14 Conflict of Interest Affidavit - CSP 00 41 01 Proposal Form - CSP 00 42 44 Unit Price Proposal Form - CSP 00 43 14 Offeror’s Bond - CSP 00 43 38 Proposed Subcontractors Form - CSP 00 43 39 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Offeror - CSP 00 45 14 Safety Record Questionnaire - CSP 00 45 27 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law - CSP 00 45 44 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories - CSP 00 52 44 Stipulated Sum Vertical Construction Contract 00 61 15 Performance Bond - CSP 00 61 16 Payment Bond - CSP 00 61 20 Maintenance Bond - CSP 00 61 26 Certificate of Insurance - CSP 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 01 Supplementary Conditions - CSP 00 73 74 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties - CSP Division 01 - General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 29 76 Stored Materials and Equipment (Materials On Hand) 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 01 31 20 Project Meetings 01 33 00 Submittals 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 01 74 23 Cleaning 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Recycling Center Facility Improvements Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 02 – Existing Conditions 02 41 20 Metal Chute, Concrete, and Litter Pole Demolition Division 03 – Concrete 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete Division 13 – Special Concentration 13 00 00 Metal Chutes Division 32 – Interior Improvements 32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants Division 34 – Transportation 34 80 00 Metal Litter Fence Poles END OF SECTION 00 05 16 ADDENDA - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 05 16 1 ADDENDA - CSP 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 22 00 11 19 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 11 19 1 INVITATION TO OFFERORS 2 COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSAL 3 4 RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS 5 Sealed proposals for the construction of Public Disposal Facility Repairs will be received by the 6 City of Denton Purchasing Office as outlined at 7 http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx. 8 9 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 10 The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: 11  Improvements to the Home Chemical Collections building 12  Installation of traffic control features 13 Installation of concrete pavement14 15 COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSAL 16 Submission requirements for the competitive sealed proposals shall be found in the Instructions to 17 Offerors. 18 19 DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS 20 The Proposal and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City 21 of Denton’s Purchasing Division website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The Contract Documents 22 may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. The 23 contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the 24 form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the 25 City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 26 27 PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE 28 A pre-proposal conference will be held as described in Section 00 21 16 - INSTRUCTIONS TO 29 OFFERORS at the location, date, and time outlined in the City’s solicitation website. To view 30 pre-proposal invitation log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 31 ‘Activities’ tab of this solicitation. 32 33 PRE-PROPOSAL WALKTHROUGH 34 After the pre-proposal conference, interested parties may reconvene at the landfill, immediately 35 thereafter for a walkthrough of the project site. 36 37 CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT PROPOSALS 38 City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject proposals. 39 40 INQUIRIES 41 All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the City’s solicitations website. 42 To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 43 ‘Questions’ tab of this solicitation. 44 45 END OF SECTION 46 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 SECTION 00 21 16 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 2 1. Defined Terms 3 2. 4 5 1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS, which are defined in Section 00 6 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7 8 1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS have the 9 meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 10 11 1.2.1. OFFEROR: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation 12 acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for 13 performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 14 15 1.2.2. Nonresident OFFEROR: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or 16 corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 17 proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents 18 whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 19 20 1.2.3. Successful OFFEROR: The Offeror that submits the Proposal that offers the best 21 value to the City based on the evaluation of Proposals published in these 22 Instructions to Offerors. 23 24 1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of 25 proposals from vendors for City contracts. 26 27 2. Copies of Proposal Documents 28 29 2.1. Neither City nor Design Professional shall assume any responsibility for errors or 30 misinterpretations resulting from the Offerors use of incomplete sets of Proposal 31 Documents. 32 33 2.2. City and Design Professional in making Proposal Documents available do so only for 34 the purpose of obtaining Proposals for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license 35 or grant for any other use. 36 37 3. Examination of Proposal and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 38 39 3.1. Before submitting a Proposal, each Offeror shall: 40 41 3.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 42 identified in the Proposal Documents (including "technical data" referred to in 43 Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the 44 City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 45 promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 46 47 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 3.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Offeror as to the general, local 1 and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the 2 Work. 3 4 3.1.3. Consider applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and 5 lawful orders of public authorities that may affect cost, progress, performance or 6 furnishing of the Work. 7 8 3.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 9 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 10 surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that 11 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 12 data" and (ii) reports and drawings of hazardous materials and substances, if any, at 13 the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable 14 "technical data." 15 16 3.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 17 the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data 18 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 19 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 20 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 21 Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in 22 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 23 binding upon the City. 24 25 3.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means 26 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 27 encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide 28 each Offeror access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 29 explorations, tests and studies as each Offeror deems necessary for submission of a 30 Proposal. Offeror must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 31 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 32 33 3.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 34 cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information 35 required to make a proposal. Offerors shall rely exclusively and solely upon their 36 own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are 37 necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. 38 It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the 39 Offeror has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims 40 for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually 41 encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be 42 allowed. 43 44 3.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or 45 between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 46 shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 47 and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may 48 be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 49 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 3.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 01 – Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 1 2 3.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 3 the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 4 The logs of soil borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 5 Neither the City nor the Design Professional guarantee that the data shown is 6 representative of conditions which actually exist. 7 8 3.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 9 subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to 10 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 11 12 3.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Offeror 13 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 14 Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Offeror is 15 entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 1.2.a.7. of the General Conditions has been 16 identified and established in Paragraph SC 3.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. 17 Offeror is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any 18 "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 19 20 3.3. The submission of a Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by 21 Offeror (i) that Offeror has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 3, (ii) that 22 without exception the Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work 23 required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, 24 techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or 25 indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Offeror has given 26 City written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract 27 Documents and the written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Offeror, and 28 when said conflicts, etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as 29 described in Paragraph 5, and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient 30 to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and 31 furnishing the Work. 32 33 3.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 3, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated 34 biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or radioactive material covered by 35 Paragraph 10.3 of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 36 Documents. 37 38 3.5. The Offeror acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 39 Ordinance No. 23-1165. 40 41 4. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 42 43 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 4.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for 1 access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 2 are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 3 required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 4 materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 5 by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 6 facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 7 Contract Documents. 8 9 4.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 10 in Paragraph SC 2.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-11 of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel 12 the award of contract at any time before the Offeror begins any construction work on the 13 project. 14 15 4.3. The Offeror shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-16 way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 17 construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 18 and/or easements. 19 20 5. Interpretations and Addenda 21 22 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Proposal Documents are to be directed to 23 the City in Ionwave on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitation’s page at 24 http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be 25 responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response 26 to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as 27 having received the Proposal Documents or by responding to individual questions via 28 this solicitation’s page at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by 29 formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications 30 will be without legal effect. 31 32 Address questions for this solicitation’s IONWAVE page to the ‘Questions’ tab 33 (dentontx.ionwave.net). 34 35 5.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Proposal Documents as deemed advisable by 36 City. 37 38 5.3. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the City’s online hosting site, which can be 39 located by visiting and logging-in to the City of Denton’s Purchasing solicitation website 40 at http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitation’s link. 41 42 5.4. A Pre-proposal conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the 43 Advertisement or INVITATION TO OFFERORS. Representatives of City will be 44 present to discuss the Project. Offerors are encouraged to attend and participate in the 45 conference. City will transmit to all prospective Offerors of record such Addenda as 46 City considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral 47 statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 48 49 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 6. Proposal Security 1 2 6.1. Each Proposal for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Offeror’s Bond made 3 payable to City in an amount of five (5) percent of Offeror's maximum price proposed 4 Proposal Form attached, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 11.4 5 of the General Conditions. 6 7 6.2. The Offeror’s Bond of all Offerors will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of 8 Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Offeror fails to execute and deliver the 9 complete Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider 10 Offeror to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Offeror’s Bond of that 11 Offeror will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Offeror 12 defaults. The Offeror’s Bond of all other Offerors whom City believes to have a 13 reasonable chance of receiving the award will be retained by City until final contract 14 execution. 15 16 7. Contract Times 17 18 7.1. The Contract will be a Calendar Day contract, and the provisions of the Contract 19 Documents related to Calendar Days will apply. 20 21 7.2. The Contract Time for Substantial Completion will be the number of Calendar Days 22 specified in the Agreement, together with time extensions authorized in accordance with 23 applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 24 25 7.3. The Contract Time for Final Completion will be the number of Calendar Days specified 26 in the Agreement, together with time extensions authorized in accordance with 27 applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 28 29 8. Incentives and Disincentives 30 31 8.1. Provisions for Incentives (if applicable) and Disincentives are set forth in Section 4.6 of 32 the Agreement. 33 34 9. Liquidated Damages 35 36 9.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 37 38 39 10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 40 41 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 10.1. The Agreement, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment 1 described in the Proposal Documents without consideration of possible substitute or 2 "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Proposal Documents 3 that a "substitute" or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or 4 used by Contractor if acceptable to City, application for such acceptance will not be 5 considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure 6 for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set 7 forth in Paragraphs 1.1.m of the General Conditions and is supplemented in Section 8 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 9 10 11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 11 12 11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, other person 13 or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 14 15 12. Submittal Requirements 16 17 12.1. Online submissions via the City’s Ionwave site are preferred, however hard-copy 18 submittals may be accepted. If hard copy submittals are allowed, requirements shall 19 be as outlined on this solicitation’s link at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. 20 12.2. In addition to completing all required sections of the Proposal Documents, the 21 Offeror shall provide documentation demonstrating the Offeror’s qualifications and 22 experience. This documentation shall be included with the Offeror’s Ionwave 23 submissions, or hard-copy sealed proposal package. The Offeror shall address each of 24 the following items in the same order in which they are set forth below. Qualification 25 and experience documentation shall be submitted on letter-size (8-1/2” x 11”) PDF or 26 paper. The qualifications and experience data provided shall include, but may not be 27 limited to the following: 28 29 12.2.1. Proposal Form – Provide the information as required in Sections 00 41 01 – 30 Proposal Form, and 00 42 44 – Unit Price Proposal Form, to establish: 31 32 12.2.1.1. Offeror’s General Information 33 12.2.1.2. Proposal Price 34 35 12.2.2. Offeror’s Past Experience Form - Quality, Reputation, and Ability to 36 Complete Similar Projects on Schedule and Within Budget: The Offeror shall 37 demonstrate experience in delivering similar work as expressed in the Proposal 38 Documents on schedule and within budget. Submit details of five (5) similar 39 projects completed within the last ten (10) years. The Offeror shall provide the 40 completed form found attached in Ionwave and include the following items for each 41 project submitted: 42 43 12.2.2.1. Project Name 44 12.2.2.2. Owner Name 45 12.2.2.3. Project Owner Contact Name, Phone Number, and Email Address 46 12.2.2.4. Contract Time and Actual Completion Time 47 12.2.2.5. Original Contract Cost and Final Contract Cost 48 12.2.2.6. Detailed Project Description. 49 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 12.2.2.7. The Offeror should present projects that demonstrate experience in the 1 following categories: 2 Earthwork and Grading 3 Concrete Paving 4 Electrical 5 Plumbing 6 7 12.2.3. Offeror’s Key Personnel Resume Form: The Offeror shall include an 8 organizational chart (maximum of 1 page) with the completed form found attached 9 in Ionwave for key team members that will be assigned to the Project. The Offeror 10 should, at a minimum, provide personnel experience for the Project Manager, 11 Superintendent, Safety Manager, Scheduler, Manager in charge of Submittals and 12 Requests for Information and the Foreman/Foremen. The Key Personnel Resume 13 Form should include the following information: 14 15 12.2.3.1. Name and Job Title 16 12.2.3.2. Role and Responsibility 17 12.2.3.3. Total number of years of experience and total number of years with 18 current firm. 19 12.2.3.4. Licenses and Certifications. 20 12.2.3.5. Project Role and Responsibilities. 21 12.2.3.6. Relevant experience for the categories listed in 13.1.2.7, specifically 22 within the last 5 years. Identify if projects were completed with current 23 firm or previous firm. 24 12.2.3.7. List of other active projects Key Personnel will be assigned to for the 25 duration of this project and include percentage of time allocated for each. 26 27 12.2.4. Detailed Schedule and Written Plan to Achieve Substantial Completion and 28 Final Acceptance within the Contract Time: The Offeror shall demonstrate 29 means and methods to achieve Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance within 30 the Contract Time. The Offeror shall include the following: 31 32 12.2.4.1. Baseline Schedule – The Offeror shall submit a detailed Baseline 33 Schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16. The schedule should 34 provide a preliminary phasing plan for the project and demonstrate the 35 Offeror’s ability to complete the Project within the Contract Time. The 36 Plan should clearly identify the Critical Path Items and the Plan to keep 37 the project on schedule. The Plan should include, but not be limited to: 38 39 12.2.4.1.1. Critical Path and Preliminary Phasing Plan 40 12.2.4.1.2. Project Specific Tasks: 41 Equipment and material deliveries 42 12.2.4.1.3. Hours of Operation 43 12.2.4.1.4. Offeror’s Resources to reach Substantial Completion, including 44 the number of shifts or crews working in parallel. 45 46 12.2.5. Offeror’s Safety Record: The Offeror shall provide responses and any 47 supporting documentation necessary for the Owner to evaluate the safety record for 48 the Offeror and proposed Subcontractors. The response shall include, but may not 49 be limited to the following: 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 1 12.2.5.1. Documentation of any complaints to, or final orders entered by, the 2 Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC) against 3 the Offeror or a proposed Subcontractor for violation(s) of OSHA 4 regulations within the last five (5) years. 5 12.2.5.2. Documentation of any citations received by the Offeror or a proposed 6 Subcontractor from any federal, state, or local environmental protection 7 enforcement agency. 8 12.2.5.3. Provide records showing Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) for each 9 year for the last five (5) years for the Offeror and each proposed 10 Subcontractor. 11 12.2.5.4. Provide records documenting the Experience Modification Rate (EMR) 12 for the last five (5) years for the Offeror and each proposed 13 Subcontractor. 14 12.2.5.5. List any fatalities in the safety history for the last ten (10) years for the 15 Offeror and each proposed Subcontractor. 16 12.2.5.6. Section 00 45 14 – Safety Record Questionnaire. 17 18 12.3. In addition to the information provided above the Offeror shall submit the following 19 forms as part of the Proposal: 20 21 12.3.1. Section 00 35 14 – Conflict of Interest Affidavit – CSP 22 12.3.2. Section 00 41 01 – Proposal Form – CSP 23 12.3.3. Section 00 42 44 – Unit Price Proposal Form – CSP 24 12.3.4. Section 00 43 14 – Offeror’s Bond – CSP 25 12.3.5. Section 00 43 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP 26 12.3.6. Section 00 43 39 – Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror – 27 CSP 28 12.3.7. Section 00 45 14 – Safety Record Questionnaire – CSP 29 12.3.8. Section 00 45 27 – Contractors Compliance with Workers Compensation Law – 30 CSP 31 12.3.9. Section 00 45 44 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories – CSP 32 33 13. Proposal Form 34 35 13.1. The Proposal Form is included with the Proposal Documents; additional copies may 36 be obtained from the City. 37 38 13.2. All blanks on the Proposal Form must be completed and the Proposal Form signed. 39 Erasures or alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Proposal Form. A 40 Proposal price shall be indicated for each proposed item, alternative, and unit price 41 item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Proposal," "No 42 Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Offeror shall state the prices, in both 43 words and numerals, for which the Offeror proposes to do the work contemplated or 44 furnish materials required. If handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case 45 of discrepancy between price in written/typed words and the price in written/typed 46 numerals, the price in written/typed words shall govern. 47 48 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 13.3. Proposals by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or 1 a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 2 sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 44 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized 3 Signatories – CSP. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown 4 below the signature. 5 6 13.4. Proposals by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 7 partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 8 authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 9 signature. 10 11 13.5. Proposals by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by 12 a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation 13 of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 14 15 13.6. Proposals by individuals shall show the Offeror's name and official address. 16 17 13.7. Proposals by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner 18 indicated on the Proposal Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be 19 shown. 20 21 13.8. All names shall be typed below the signature. 22 23 13.9. The Proposal shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the 24 numbers of which shall be filled in on the Proposal Form. 25 26 13.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 27 Proposal shall be shown. 28 29 13.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Offeror in the state of 30 Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 39 – Vendor Compliance 31 to State Law Non Resident Offeror. 32 33 14. Submission of Proposals 34 35 14.1. Proposals may be submitted electronically or by hard copy. Electronic submittals 36 must be submitted using this solicitation’s page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. 37 Electronic submittals will not be accepted via email. 38 39 14.2. Original hard copies of Offeror’s bonds shall be submitted for both electronic and 40 hard copy submissions. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed envelope before the due 41 date and time as indicated in Section 00 11 19 – Invitation to Offerors. 42 43 14.3. Proposals shall be submitted on the prescribed Proposal Form, provided with the 44 Proposal Documents, at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 45 INVITATION TO OFFERORS. 46 47 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 14.4. Hard copy submittals shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with 1 the Proposal Number, Project title, the name and address of Offeror, and 2 accompanied by the Proposal security and other required documents, as indicated in 3 Section 00 41 01 – Proposal Form. If the Proposal is sent through the mail or other 4 delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the 5 notation "PROPOSAL ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 6 7 14.5. Hard copy submissions shall also include a flash drive, containing a complete copy of 8 the response 9 10 14.6. Address Hard copy submissions as follows: 11 12 City of Denton 13 901-B Texas Street 14 Denton, TX 76209 15 Attn: Materials Management/Purchasing Division, CSP 8915 – Public Facility 16 Repairs 17 18 15. Modification and Withdrawal of Proposals 19 20 15.1. Proposals addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division 21 of City may be withdrawn prior to the time set for Proposal opening. A request for 22 withdrawal must be made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the 23 manner that a Proposal must be executed and delivered to the place where Proposals 24 are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Proposals. After all Proposals 25 not requested for withdrawal are opened and publicly read aloud, the Proposals for 26 which a withdrawal request has been properly filed may, at the option of the City, be 27 returned unopened. 28 29 15.2. Offerors may modify their Proposal by electronic communication at any time prior to 30 the time set for the closing of Proposal receipt. 31 32 16. Opening of Proposals 33 34 16.1. Proposals will be opened, and the name of each Offeror will be read aloud publicly at 35 the place where Proposals are to be submitted. The proposed price will be read 36 aloud. An abstract of the amounts of the base price proposals and major alternates (if 37 any) will be made available to Offerors only after Proposals have been evaluated in 38 accordance with this Section. 39 40 17. Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 41 42 17.1. All Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for 43 Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful 44 Offeror. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Proposal and nullify the 45 Proposal security prior to that date. 46 47 18. Rejection of Proposals 48 49 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 18.1. The City reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, including without limitation 1 the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or 2 conditional Proposals and to reject the Proposal of any Offeror if City believes that it 3 would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Offeror, 4 whether because the Proposal is not responsive or the Offeror is unqualified or of 5 doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria 6 established by City. 7 8 19. Disqualification of Proposals 9 10 19.1. The City reserves the right to waive informalities in a Proposal not involving price. 11 Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be 12 resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any 13 column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct 14 sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the 15 words. 16 17 19.2. Any of the following shall be cause to disqualify a Proposal: 18 19 19.2.1. The Proposal is not signed by a person empowered to bind the Offeror. 20 19.2.2. The Proposal is not accompanied by an acceptable Offeror’s Bond, with Power 21 of Attorney attached. 22 19.2.3. The Proposal is submitted by an Offeror that has submitted more than one 23 Proposal. 24 19.2.4. There is evidence of collusion between the Offeror submitting the Proposal and 25 one or more other Offerors. 26 19.2.5. The Offeror did not attend or have an authorized agent attend a mandatory Pre-27 Proposal Conference, if applicable. 28 19.2.6. The Offeror is under debarment or suspension by the Owner. 29 19.2.7. The Offeror or a principal of the Offeror is currently debarred or suspended by a 30 Federal, State or local governmental agency. (Applicable for Proposal amounts 31 equal to or in excess of $25,000.00) 32 19.2.8. The Offeror is an interested party to any litigation against City, or City or Offeror 33 may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, or Offeror is in 34 arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract. 35 19.2.9. The Offeror has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. 36 19.2.10. The Offeror has uncompleted work which in the judgement of the City will 37 prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 38 19.2.11. Incompleteness or an omission, alteration of form, or addition, or the inclusion of 39 a qualification or condition not called for or authorized in the Proposal 40 Documents. 41 19.2.12. Ambiguity or lack of clarity in a Proposal, in which case the City reserves the 42 right to interpret the Proposal in the most advantageous manner for the City, or to 43 reject the Proposal. 44 19.2.13. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. 45 19.2.14. Failure to identify a dollar amount for one or more unit prices required to be 46 provided in the Unit Price Proposal Form. 47 19.2.15. Failure to submit post-Proposal information within the allotted time(s). 48 19.2.16. Failure to timely execute and deliver the Contract to the City after award. 49 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 20. Evaluation of Proposals 1 2 20.1. Proposals will be evaluated by a selection team from the relevant City Departments. 3 The selection team will score the received Proposals based on the evaluation criteria 4 below to determine the Offeror that provides the best value. 5 6 20.1.1. In evaluating a Proposal from a Nonresident Offeror, Proposal Prices and/or 7 evaluation scores will be adjusted to the extent practicable to offset the 8 advantage, if any, the Nonresident Offeror would have over a Texas-resident 9 offeror in the Nonresident Offeror’s state. 10 11 20.2. The City will process and evaluate the received Proposals expeditiously, based on the 12 evaluation criteria below to determine the Offeror that provides the best value for the 13 City. The City will not be liable to any Offeror, however, for any delays in 14 connection with the evaluation, award or execution of the Contract. 15 16 20.3. Evaluation shall be based of the highest scoring of the Proposals with a maximum 17 score of 100 points apportioned as follows: 18 19 Evaluation Criteria Points Requirements Proposal Price 50 12.1.1 & 20.4.1 Quality, Reputation, and Ability to Complete Similar Projects on Schedule and Within Budget 10 12.1.2 & 20.4.2 Offeror’s Key Personnel 10 12.1.3 & 20.4.3 Detailed Schedule, Phasing Plan, and Written Plan to achieve Substantial and Final Acceptance within the Contract Time 25 12.2.4 & 20.4.4 Offeror’s Safety Record 5 12.1.5 & 20.4.5 Maximum Score: 100 20 20.4. Evaluation criteria will be as follows: 21 22 20.4.1. Proposal Price (50 Points): Points for Proposal Price shall be based on prices 23 submitted by Offerors. The lowest responsible Offeror’s Proposal Price receive 24 the highest score in this category. All other Offeror’s Proposal Prices will receive 25 decreasing points in order of increasing Proposal Price. 26 27 20.4.2. Quality, Reputation, and Ability to Complete Similar Projects on Schedule 28 and Within Budget (10 Points): Points will be awarded based on the Offeror’s 29 experience relevant to this Project, the reputation of the Offeror in performance 30 of similar past projects, and overall reputation and experience of the Offeror. 31 The City will evaluate the projects submitted in accordance with the Submittal 32 Requirements Paragraph, to determine relevancy to the specified scope of this 33 Project and review the Offeror’s performance on the submitted projects. The 34 City may contact the references provided by the Offeror, as well as any other 35 additional references, as may be necessary to verify the qualifications, 36 experience, and reputation of the Offeror. 37 38 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 20.4.3. Offeror’s Key Personnel (10 Points): Key Personnel will be awarded points for 1 the listed role and responsibility that the resumes for the proposed team 2 demonstrates with a maximum score of ten (10) points. The City will evaluate the 3 resumes submitted in accordance with the Submittal Requirements Paragraph, to 4 determine relevancy to the specified scope of this Project and review the 5 Offeror’s past roles and responsibilities on the submitted resumes. 6 7 20.4.4. Detailed Schedule and Written Plan to achieve Substantial Completion and 8 Final Acceptance within the Contract Time (25 Points): The schedule and plan 9 should clearly show the Critical Path and Preliminary Phasing, and the means and 10 methods the Offeror will use to achieve Substantial Completion and Final 11 Acceptance within the Contract Time. Scoring will be based on the Offeror’s 12 ability to communicate the plan and schedule. 13 14 20.4.5. Offeror’s Safety Record (5 Points): The Owner will award points based on 15 evaluation of the safety documentation provided by the Offeror as required in the 16 Submittal Requirements Paragraph. Safety documentation for the Offeror and 17 Subcontractors will be evaluated and considered in awarding points for this item. 18 19 20.5. In the event of a tie in the total summation of Points for the best value, the lowest 20 Proposal Price will break the tie and determine the Successful Offeror. 21 22 20.6. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers, and 23 other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 24 the identity of Subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be 25 submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 26 City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance 27 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 28 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the 29 Notice of Award. 30 31 20.7. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 32 evaluation of any Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and 33 financial ability of Offerors, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons 34 and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 35 Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 36 37 20.8. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a minimum value as 38 outlined in Section 00 43 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP, unless 39 otherwise approved by the City. Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 40 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP. 41 42 21. Award of Contract 43 44 21.1. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the Offeror whose evaluation 45 by City indicates that the award will provide the best value for the City. 46 47 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 8, 2024 Effective January 8, 2024 21.2. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award 1 contract to a Nonresident Offeror unless the Nonresident Offeror’s Proposal is lower 2 than the lowest Proposal submitted by a responsible Texas Offeror by the same 3 amount that a Texas resident Offeror would be required to underbid a Nonresident 4 Offeror to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s 5 principal place of business is located. 6 7 21.3. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is 8 to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the 9 Proposal opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will 10 constitute acceptance of a Proposal. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award 11 will be issued by the City. 12 13 21.4. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of 14 Proposal. 15 16 21.5. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and 17 the form must be submitted to the Purchasing Agent before the contract will be 18 presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 19 https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm. 20 21 21.6. Additional approvals could be required if outside funding is used. 22 23 22. Signing of Agreement 24 25 22.1. When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Offeror, it will be 26 accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. 27 Within 14 days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of 28 counterparts of the Agreement to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of 29 Insurance, and all other required documentation. City shall thereafter deliver one 30 fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 31 32 END OF SECTION 33 00 35 14 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 35 14 1 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT - CSP 2 END OF SECTION 3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. 1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. 2 Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire. (The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) 3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed. Name of Officer This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor? Yes No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes No C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more? Yes No D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section. 4 I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose. 5 Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date 00 41 01 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 SECTION 00 41 01 1 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP 2 3 TO: City of Denton 4 c/o: Purchasing Division 5 901-B Texas Street 6 Denton, Texas 76209 7 8 FOR: CSP 8915 – Public Disposal Facility Repairs 9 10 1 Enter into Agreement 11 12 The undersigned Offeror proposes and agrees, if this Proposal is accepted, to enter into an 13 Agreement with City in the form included in the Proposal Documents to perform and furnish all 14 Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Unit Price Proposal and within 15 the Contract Time indicated in this Proposal and in accordance with the other terms and 16 conditions of the Contract Documents. 17 18 2 OFFEROR Acknowledgements and Certification 19 20 2.1 In submitting this Proposal, Offeror accepts all of the terms and conditions of the 21 INVITATION TO OFFORERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFORERS, including without 22 limitation those dealing with the disposition of Offeror’s Bond. 23 2.2 Offeror is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract 24 award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 25 days of notification of award. 26 2.3 Offeror certifies that this Proposal is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of 27 any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive 28 agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 29 2.4 Offeror has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Offeror to submit a 30 false or sham Proposal. 31 2.5 Offeror has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from proposing. 32 2.6 Offeror has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in 33 competing for the Agreement. For the purposes of this Paragraph: 34 a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of anything 35 of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the proposal process. 36 37 b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to 38 influence the proposal process to the detriment of City (b) to establish proposal 39 prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of 40 free and open competition. 41 42 c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more 43 Offerors, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to 44 establish proposal prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. 45 46 d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, 47 persons or their property to influence their participation in the proposal process 48 or affect the execution of the Contract. 49 00 41 01 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 1 2.7 The Offeror acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 2 Ordinance No. 23-1165. 3 4 3 Time of Completion 5 6 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete as defined in the General Conditions within 60 7 Days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated 8 in the Notice to Proceed, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 9 of the General Conditions. 10 3.2 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 75 Days after the date when the 11 Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed, plus 12 any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 8 of the General Conditions. 13 3.3 Offeror accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to Liquidated Damages in the event of 14 failure to obtain Milestones (if applicable), Substantial Completion, and Final Acceptance 15 within the times specified in the Agreement. 16 17 4 Attached to this Proposal 18 19 4.1 The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Proposal: 20 a. Section 00 35 14 – Conflict of Interest Affidavit – CSP 21 b. Section 00 41 01 – This Proposal Form – CSP 22 c. Section 00 42 44 – Unit Price Proposal Form – CSP – Excel Electronic Copy 23 (either included in the hard copy Proposal, or submitted via Ionwave) 24 d. Section 00 43 14 – Required Offeror’s Bond – CSP, issued by a surety meeting the 25 requirements of Paragraph 11.4 of the General Conditions. 26 e. Section 00 43 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP 27 f. Section 00 43 39 – Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror – CSP 28 g. Section 00 45 14 – Safety Record Questionnaire – CSP 29 h. Section 00 45 27 – Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law – CSP 30 i. Section 00 45 44 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories – CSP 31 j. Any additional documents required by Paragraph 12 of Section 00 21 16 – 32 Instructions to Offerors 33 34 5 Total Proposal Amount 35 36 5.1 Offeror will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the 37 following proposal amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total proposed 38 amount for this project. This figure will be read publicly by the City at the proposal 39 opening. 40 5.2 It is understood and agreed by the Offeror in signing this proposal that the total proposed 41 amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit 42 prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and 43 then totaling all of the extended amounts. 44 45 Total Proposal Amount: $____________________________ 46 47 48 49 50 00 41 01 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 6 Proposal Submittal 1 2 6.1 It is understood by Offeror that submission of the total proposal amount is only one of the 3 factors for the City’s evaluation process, and that any award of contract will be based on 4 the complete evaluation of the Proposal and Offeror by City under the terms provided in 5 the Instructions to Offerors or any validly issued amendments or addenda. 6 7 6.2 This Proposal is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity 8 named below. 9 10 11 Respectfully submitted, 12 13 By: ______________________________ 14 (Signature) 15 16 _________________________________ 17 (Printed Name) 18 19 Title: _____________________________ 20 21 Company: _________________________ 22 23 Address: __________________________ 24 ___________________________ 25 26 State of Incorporation: _______________ 27 28 Email: ____________________________ 29 30 Phone: ____________________________ 31 END OF SECTION 32 Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Initial Addenda No. 1: Addenda No. 2: Addenda No. 3: Addenda No. 4: Addenda No. 5: To: From: PROJ.: RFP:<RFP No.> ENG PMO:<ENG PMO No. if applicable> Item No.Spec. Section No. Description UOM BID QTY Unit Price Extended Price 1 01‐70‐00 Mobilization/ Demobilization LS 1 ‐$                    $                               ‐    2 02‐41‐13 Demolition LS 1 ‐$                    ‐$                              3 30‐30‐00 Temporary Shoring LS 1 ‐$                    ‐$                              4 32‐11‐33 Cement Treated Base CY 41 ‐$                    ‐$                              5 03‐30‐00 Cast‐in‐place Concrete LS 1 ‐$                    ‐$                              6 13‐00‐00 Metal Chutes LS 1 ‐$                    ‐$                              7 34‐80‐00 Metal Litter Fence Poles LS 1 ‐$                    ‐$                              8 ‐$                    ‐$                              9 ‐$                    ‐$                              10 ‐$                    ‐$                              11 ‐$                    ‐$                              12 ‐$                    ‐$                              13 ‐$                    ‐$                              14 ‐$                    ‐$                              15 ‐$                    ‐$                              16 ‐$                    ‐$                              17 ‐$                    ‐$                              18 ‐$                              19 ‐$                    ‐$                              20 ‐$                    ‐$                              21 ‐$                    ‐$                              22 ‐$                    ‐$                              23 ‐$                    ‐$                              24 ‐$                    ‐$                              25 ‐$                    ‐$                              26 ‐$                    ‐$                              27 ‐$                    ‐$                              28 ‐$                    ‐$                              29 ‐$                    ‐$                              30 ‐$                    ‐$                              $0.00 1A ‐$                    ‐$                              2A ‐$                    ‐$                              3A ‐$                    ‐$                              $0.00 TOTAL BASE PLUS ALTERNATE PROPOSAL:$0.00 $0.00 SECTION 00 42 44 - UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL FORM - CSP <Purchasing Agent>/Purchasing Dept. Public Disposal Facility Repairs City of Denton - Capital Projects COMPANY NAME TOTAL PROPOSAL: Alternate Proposal 901-B Texas Street Denton, TX 76209 OFFEROR'S APPLICATION - UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL STREET ADDRESS CITY, STATE CONTACT TOTAL BASE PROPOSAL: TOTAL ALT. Proposal: Public Disposal Facility Repairs PHONE EMAIL 00 43 14 OFFEROR'S BOND - CSP Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 43 14 1 OFFEROR'S BOND - CSP 2 3 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 4 That we, (Offeror Name)___________________________________________________, 5 known as “Principal” herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a 6 corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein, 7 are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation 8 created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of five percent 9 (5%) of Offeror’s maximum proposal price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in 10 Denton, Denton County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind 11 ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, 12 firmly by these presents. 13 WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following 14 project designated as 15 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 16 17 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall 18 award the Agreement for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all 19 requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Agreement and shall enter into the 20 Agreement in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this 21 obligation shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such 22 Agreement in accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and 23 conditions required for the execution of the Agreement, this bond shall become the property of 24 the City, without recourse of the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and 25 shall be used to compensate City for the difference between Principal’s total proposal amount and 26 the next selected offeror’s total proposal amount. 27 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 28 the state district court of Denton County, Texas. 29 30 00 43 14 OFFEROR'S BOND - CSP Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 1 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _______ day of 2 ____________________, 20___. 3 4 5 By: ___________________________________________________________________________ 6 (Principal Name) 7 8 ______________________________________________________________________________ 9 (Signature and Title of Principal) 10 11 *By: __________________________________________________________________________ 12 (Surety Name) 13 14 ______________________________________________________________________________ 15 (Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) 16 17 *Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact 18 END OF SECTION 19 Impressed Surety Seal Only 00 43 38 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 43 38 1 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM - CSP 2 3 Each Offeror for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying 4 the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the 5 overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. 6 7 Company Name Type of Work to be Performed Overall Contract Percentage (%) General Contractor: Subcontractors: 8 9 The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will 10 be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above. 11 12 OFFEROR: 13 14 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 15 Company (Please Print) 16 17 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 18 Address 19 20 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 21 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 22 23 Date: __________________________________ 24 25 END OF SECTION 26 00 43 39 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON-RESIDENT OFFEROR - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 43 39 1 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON-RESIDENT OFFEROR - CSP 2 3 Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident 4 offerors. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a best value contract where the offeror 5 also offered the lowest proposal price, nonresident offerors (out-of-state contractors whose 6 corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) propose on projects 7 for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest 8 Texas resident offeror by the same amount that a Texas resident offeror would be required to 9 underbid a nonresident offeror in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the 10 nonresident’s principal place of business is located. 11 The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident offerors in order for 12 your proposal to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident offerors to do so will 13 automatically disqualify that offeror. Resident offerors must check the box in Section B. 14 A. Nonresident offerors in the State of ______________________, our principal place of 15 business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident offerors by State 16 Law. A copy of the statute is attached. 17 Nonresident offerors in the State of _____________________, our principal place of 18 business, are not required to underbid resident Offerors. 19 B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is 20 in the State of Texas. 21 22 OFFEROR: 23 24 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 25 Company (Please Print) 26 27 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 28 Address 29 30 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 31 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 32 33 Date: __________________________________ 34 35 END OF SECTION 36 00 45 14 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 SECTION 00 45 14 1 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP 2 3 The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local 4 Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City 5 contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has 6 adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record 7 of a Offeror prior to awarding City contracts. 8 9 The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a Offeror for this consideration 10 shall be: 11 12 The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the Offeror in determining the 13 responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or 14 safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental, 15 mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City 16 may consider, among other things: 17 A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health 18 Review Commission (OSHRC), against the Offeror for violations of OSHA 19 regulations within the past three (3) years. 20 B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as 21 defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental 22 Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army 23 Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the 24 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on 25 Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation 26 Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of 27 Health (TDH), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural 28 Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for 29 enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, 30 and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations 31 include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 32 state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal 33 complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final 34 orders, and judicial final judgments. 35 C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in 36 bodily harm or death. 37 D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in 38 determining the responsibility of the Offeror and his or her ability to perform the 39 services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe environment, 40 both for the workers and other employees of Offeror and the citizens of the City of 41 Denton. 42 43 44 00 45 14 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 In order to obtain proper information from Offerors so that City of Denton may consider the 1 safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding City contracts, City of Denton requires 2 that Offerors answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their submissions: 3 4 QUESTION ONE 5 6 Has the Offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the Offeror, or 7 anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for 8 violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? 9 10 YES NO 11 12 If the Offeror has indicated YES for question number one above, the Offeror must provide to City 13 of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: 14 15 Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of 16 offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 17 18 QUESTION TWO 19 20 Has the Offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the Offeror, or 21 anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for 22 violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past 23 five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 24 state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, 25 indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final 26 judgments. 27 28 YES NO 29 30 If the Offeror has indicated YES for question number two above, the Offeror must provide to City 31 of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: 32 33 Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition 34 of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 35 36 QUESTION THREE 37 38 Has the Offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by Offeror, or 39 anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within 40 the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or death? 41 42 YES NO 43 44 45 00 45 14 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 If the Offeror has indicated YES for question number three above, the Offeror must provide to 1 City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 2 conviction: 3 4 Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if 5 any, and penalty assessed. 6 7 Offeror must provide records, with its submission, supporting the Safety Record Rates for the 8 past 5 years listed below: 9 10 Experience Modification Rate (EMR) 11 2024: _____________ 12 2023: _____________ 13 2022: _____________ 14 2021: _____________ 15 2020: _____________ 16 Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) 17 2024: _____________ 18 2023: _____________ 19 2022: _____________ 20 2021: _____________ 21 2020: _____________ 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 45 27 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 45 27 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW - CSP 2 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it 3 provides worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of 4 Denton Public Disposal Facility. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, 5 Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor’s certificates of 6 compliance with worker’s compensation coverage. 7 8 CONTRACTOR: 9 10 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 11 Company (Please Print) 12 13 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 14 Address 15 16 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 17 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 18 19 20 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 21 22 COUNTY OF DENTON § 23 24 BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 25 ___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is 26 subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 27 the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and 28 consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 29 30 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of 31 _______________________, 20__. 32 33 34 __________________________________ 35 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas 36 37 END OF SECTION 38 39 00 45 44 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 45 44 1 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES - CSP 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 22 STIPULATED SUM VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN CITY OF DENTON AND [CONTRACTOR NAME] TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4 CONTRACT SUM 5 PAYMENTS 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXHIBIT A GENERAL CONDITIONS EXHIBIT B DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS; ON FILE WITH THE PURCHASING AGENT EXHIBIT C KEY PERSONNEL EXHIBIT D ALTERNATES – NONE EXHIBIT E ALLOWANCE – NONE EXHIBIT F UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL FORM EXHIBIT G INITIAL SCHEDULE OF VALUES EXHIBIT H CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE EXHIBIT I ESCROW AGREEMENT EXHIBIT J CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE EXHIBIT K PROPOSAL FORM EXHIBIT L PREVAILING WAGE RATES EXHIBIT M INSURANCE AND BONDS (TO BE COMPLETED AFTER CONTRACT AWARD) STIPULATED SUM VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] This Stipulated Sum Vertical Construction Contract (this “Agreement”) made as of the ____ day of ____________ in the year 20____ (the “Effective Date”) between City of Denton, a Texas home rule municipal corporation located at 215 East McKinney Street Denton, Texas 76201 (the “Owner” or “City”) and _______________________________ at _________________________________ (the “Contractor”) for the following Project: Public Disposal Facility Repairs – CSP 8915 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows: Article 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.1 The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in the above table of contents, documents issued as part of the solicitation for the Project, this Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9. In the event any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any provision contained in the Contract Documents, the more stringent provision for the Contractor, as interpreted by the Owner, shall govern. Section 1.2 If, and to the extent of, any inconsistency, ambiguity, discrepancy or error in the Contract Documents (referred to collectively in this Section 1.2 as discrepancy), the Contractor shall immediately seek clarification from Gregg Adams, P.E. at Biggs and Mathews Environmental, Inc. (the “Design Professional” or “Architect” or “Engineer” as reference may be made in the Contract Documents) and notify the Owner and Contractor that clarification has been requested. In the event that the Design Professional fails to clarify such discrepancy, within a reasonable time under the circumstances, the Contractor shall proceed with the Work without the clarification based on written permission from the Owner, and give precedence to the Contract Documents in the following descending order of priority: a. Modifications issued after execution of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, including all exhibits not specifically referenced in this Section 1.2; b. the Owner-Contractor Agreement; c. Addenda issued prior to the execution of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, with the Addenda bearing the latest date taking precedence; d. the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction; e. Exhibit “B” - Drawings and Specifications; Article 2. THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT Section 2.1 The Contractor shall in a good workmanlike manner, fully execute the Work described in, and reasonably inferable by the Contractor as necessary to provide the results intended by fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others: and the Contractor at its sole cost, risk, and expense shall construct, equip, provide purchase, pay for, and furnish all of the Work in accordance with such Contract Documents. and governmental codes and regulations as they apply to performance of the Work. Section 2.2 An Index of Drawings and Specifications which have been furnished to the Contractor as of the date of this Agreement is set forth in Exhibit “B” – Drawings and Specifications. Section 2.3 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustments in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time as a result of any action, or failure to act, in connection with any work or other services performed by the Contractor, or any entity affiliated with the Contractor, for portions of the Project other than the Work, such as, without limitation, other projects for this Owner or nearby the Project site, whether such work or other services are performed under contract with the Owner or an independent third party. Section 2.4 The Contractor shall proceed with performance of the Work as required by the Contract Documents and shall not modify such requirements unless such modifications are accepted by the Owner in a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. The Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any additional fees as a result of any modification requests or recommendations submitted by the Contractor. Section 2.5 The Contractor shall furnish only skilled and properly trained staff for the performance of the Work. The key members of the Contractor's staff shall be persons agreed upon with the Owner and Contractor and identified in Exhibit "C" – Key Personnel, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes. a. Such key members of the Contractor's staff shall not be changed without the written consent of the Owner and Contractor, unless such person becomes unable to perform any required duties due to death, disability or termination of employment with the Contractor. If a key member is no longer capable of performing in the capacity described in Exhibit "C" – Key Personnel, the Owner, Design Professional, and the Contractor shall agree on a mutually acceptable substitute. b. During the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall keep a competent superintendent at the Project site, who is fully authorized to act on behalf of the Contractor. Notice from the Owner, Contractor or the Design Professional to such superintendent, in connection with defective Work, instructions for performance of the Work or any and all other issues shall be considered notice of such issues to the Contractor. Article 3. DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Section 3.1 The construction of the Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within three (3) calendar days after receipt of a building permit and Owner's Notice to Proceed. Issuance of a Notice to Proceed for construction of the Work is subject to Owners acceptance of the Contractor’s proposed Construction Management Plan, and receipt of a building permit. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, with confirmation of receipt, not less than three (3) business days before commencing the Work on the Project site to permit timely filing of mortgages, mechanics’ liens, and other security interests. Section 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of Notice to Proceed. Section 3.3 Substantial Completion a. Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work and shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work by 90 days. b. If the Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion as provided in this Section 3.3, liquidated damages, shall be as specified in Section 8.6 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction. Section 3.4 Final Completion a. Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work and shall achieve final completion of the entire Work by 120 days. b. If the Contractor fails to achieve final completion as provided in this Section 3.3, liquidated damages, shall be as specified in Section 8.6 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction. Article 4. CONTRACT SUM Section 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be _______________________________________ Dollars ($__________________), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. At the sole option of the City, five (5) percent contingency in the amount of _________________________________________ Dollars ($________________) may be used for a total not-to-exceed amount of ________________________________ Dollars ($_______________). Section 4.2 Alternates a. Alternates, if any, included in the Contract Sum: See Exhibit “D” – Alternates b. Subject to the conditions noted below, the following alternates may be accepted by the Owner following execution of this Agreement. Provided, however, that the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with no less than fourteen (14) days prior written notice of the date upon which any of the alternatives set forth in Exhibit “D” – Alternates, must be accepted by the Owner in order for the Contractor to perform the Work covered by such alternates for the price(s) set forth therein; and without any adjustment to a Contractual Milestone date, the Contractor’s Construction Schedule or the Contract Time. Upon acceptance, the Owner shall issue a Modification to this Agreement. See Exhibit “D” – Alternates Section 4.3 Allowances, if any, included in the Contract Sum: See Exhibit “E” – Allowances Section 4.4 Unit prices, if any are set forth in Exhibit “F” – Unit Costs, and such unit prices are considered complete and include all materials, equipment, labor, delivery, installation, overhead, and profit; and any other costs or expenses in connection with, or incidental to, the performance of that portion of the Work to which such unit prices apply. See Exhibit “F” – Unit Costs Section 4.5 Liquidated damages, if any: See Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction Section 4.6 Other: NONE Section 4.7 By executing this Agreement and furnishing the Owner with both Exhibit “E” – Allowances and Exhibit “G” – Initial Schedule of Values, the Contractor represents and warrants that the Contract Documents, materials, and information furnished by the Contractor as of the date of this Agreement, and the ongoing discussions and meetings between the Contractor and the Owner and Design Professional have described the scope, construction requirements and design intent for the Work in detail sufficient to enable the Contractor to firmly establish the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. The Contractor shall not be permitted to claim any adjustment in either the Contract Sum or Contract Time prior to Notice to Proceed in connections with the completion of the Work except as described in the Contract Documents. Article 5. PAYMENTS Section 5.1 Progress Payments a. Based upon Applications for Payment including all supporting documentation required by the Owner and submitted to the Design Professional and Owner by the Contractor; its review by the Design Professional and Owner; and Certificates for Payment issued by the Design Professional and Certificates for Payment issued by the Design Professional, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. b. The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. c. Provided that a certifiable Application for Payment is approved by the Design Professional not later than the «twenty-fifth (25th) » day of a month, the Owner shall make payment of the amount certified to the Contractor not later than the « thirtieth (30th) » day of the « following » month. If a certifiable Application for Payment is received by the Design Professional after the application date fixed above, payment of the amount certified shall be made by the Owner not later than « thirty » (« 30 ») calendar days after the Design Professional approves the Application for Payment. d. Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor and approved in advance by the Owner and Design Professional in accordance with the Contract Documents and the Construction Management Plan. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form, and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy, as the Owner and Design Professional may require. This schedule of values, unless objected to by the Owner or Design Professional, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. e. Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. f. In accordance with Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, and subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: i. The amount of each progress payment shall first include: .1 That portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work; .2 That portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction, or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing; and .3 That portion of Construction Change Directives that the Design Professional determines, in the Design Professional’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. ii. The amount of each progress payment shall then be reduced by: .1 The aggregate of any amounts previously paid by the Owner; .2 The amount, if any, for Work that remains uncorrected and for which the Contractor or Design Professional has previously withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Article 9 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction; .3 Any amount for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless the Work has been performed by others the Contractor intends to pay; .4 For Work performed or defects discovered since the last payment application, any amount for which the Design Professional may withhold payment, or nullify a Certificate of Payment in whole or in part, as provided in Article 9 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction; and .5 Retainage withheld pursuant to Section 5.1.g. .6 g. Retainage i. For each progress payment made prior to Final Completion of the Work, the Owner may withhold the following amount, as retainage, from the payment otherwise due: Five Percent (5.0%) h. Omitted. i. Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. j. Each Application for Payment shall, without limitation, conform with the requirements of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, as amended. k. In taking action on the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Owner and Design Professional shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by the Contractor and shall not be deemed to represent that the Owner or Design Professional have made a detailed examination, audit or arithmetic verification of the documentation submitted in accordance with this Section 5.1.k or other supporting data; that the Owner or Design Professional have made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections; or that the Owner or Design Professional have made examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes the Contractor has used amounts previously paid on account of the Contract. Such examinations, audits and verifications, if required by the Owner, will be performed by the Owner’s auditors acting in the sole interest of the Owner. l. Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site, and even with such approval the Contractor shall follow the procedures in the Contract Documents for such payments. m. In addition to other required items, the final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner and in compliance with applicable statutes of the State of Texas all in a form acceptable to the Owner: .1 A current sworn statement from the Contractor setting forth all Subcontractors and any material suppliers with whom the Contract has entered into subcontracts; the amount of each such subcontract; the amount requested for any Subcontractor or material supplier in the Application for Payment; and the amount to be paid to the Contractor from such final payment; .2 A current, duly executed waiver of mechanics’ and material suppliers’ liens from the Contractor conditional upon establishing receipt of payment or satisfaction of the payment requested by the Contractor in the current Application for Payment; .3 A current Subcontractor’s lien waiver for the current period, conditional only on payment from the Contractor, and duly executed, acknowledged sworn statement showing all Sub-subcontractors and material suppliers with whom the Subcontractor has entered into sub-subcontracts, the amount of each such sub- subcontract, the amount requested for any Sub-subcontractor and material supplier in the requested progress payment, and the amount to be paid to the Sub- subcontractor from such final payment to the Subcontractor; .4 A current, duly executed unconditional final waiver of mechanics’ and material suppliers’ liens from the Contractor and all Subcontractors and, when deemed appropriate by the Owner and Design Professional, from material suppliers and Sub-subcontractors establishing payment or satisfaction of payments of all amounts requested by the Contractor on behalf of such entities or persons in any previous Applications for Payment; .5 A final certificate of occupancy issued by the appropriate governmental body in which the project is located; .6 All maintenance and operating manuals; .7 Digitally marked, fully accessible electronic files (not “plot files” or “PDFs”) of both field record drawings and specifications reflecting “as-built” conditions; .8 Digitally marked, accurately dimensioned, and fully accessible electronic files (not “plot files” or “PDFs”) of drawings reflecting the location of any concealed utilities, mechanical or electrical systems, and components; .9 any special guarantees or warranties required by the Contract Documents; .10 assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or manufacturers; .11 a list of the primary contact names, email addresses, physical addresses, and telephone numbers of all Subcontractors and any other persons providing guarantees and warranties; .12 all information and materials required to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or reasonably requested by the Owner, or the Design Professional; and .13 If required by the Owner’s title insurer, if any, the Contractor shall execute a personal gap undertaking in form and substance satisfactory to such title insurer. Section 5.2 Final Payment a. Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Article 12 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive beyond final payment; and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Design Professional; and. .3 the Contractor has provided, and the Owner has accepted as correct, all the information and documents required under Section 5.1.m above; and .4 a complete release of all claims arising out of, related to or connected with Contractor's performance of the respective Phase under this Agreement, and any claims of Subcontractors, subject to any claims reserved in accordance with the terms of the General Conditions and an affidavit that so far as Contractor has knowledge or information, the release includes and covers all materials and services over which Contractor has control for which a claim could be filed, subject to any claims reserved in accordance with the terms of the General Conditions. b. The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Design Professional’s final Certificate for Payment and the Contractor has provided Owner with all required documentation. Section 5.3 Interest Payments are due and payable within thirty (30) days of the date the Owner receives the Construction Manager’s approvable invoice, unless a different date for payment is provided under this Agreement. Amounts unpaid shall bear interest at the legal rate allowed by Texas Government Code Ch. 2251. Article 6. DISPUTE RESOLUTION Section 6.1 Initial Decision Maker The Owner will serve as the Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Article 15 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction. Section 6.2 Binding Dispute Resolution For any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation or other alternative dispute resolution method as mutually agreed by the parties (“ADR”) pursuant to Article 15 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction. Article 7. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION Section 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, as amended. If the Contract is terminated for the Owner’s convenience in accordance with Article 14 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, then the Owner shall pay the Contractor a compensation calculated in the manner as specified in Section 14.4.c of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, as amended. Section 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, as amended. Section 7.3 In the event of such termination by the Owner, the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall not exceed the amount the Contractor would have been entitled to receive under Article 5 above. Section 7.4 In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to receive “Lost Opportunity Costs”, defined as unabsorbed overhead costs or unrealized profit on this Work, future work for this Owner, other owner(s), other work, foregone opportunities for the Contractor, or other costs not directly and verifiably associated with services actually performed or Work successfully completed under this Agreement. Article 8. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 8.1 All references in this Agreement to Exhibit A, shall mean the Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, as modified and amended by the parties hereto. Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. Section 8.2 The Owner’s representative: City of Denton Arturo (Art) Garcia, SC, PMP, Project Manager 1527 S. Mayhill Rd. Denton, Texas 76201 (940) 349-8021 Arturo.Garcia@cityofdenton.com Section 8.3 The Contractor’s representative: (Insert Name, address, email address, and other information) « [Contractor’s Representative Name] » « [Contractor’s Representative Organization] » « [Contractor’s Representative Title] » « [Contractor’s Representative Address] » « [Contractor’s Representative Phone Number] » « [Contractor’s Representative Email Address] » Section 8.4 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days’ prior notice to the other party. Section 8.5 Insurance and Bonds a. The Owner and the Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance as set forth in Exhibit A - General Conditions for the Contract for Construction, Insurance and Bonds, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Section 8.6 « Not Used. » Section 8.7 Other Conditions and Services: a. The Contractor represents and warrants the following to the Owner (in addition to any other representation and warranties contained in the Contract Documents) as a material inducement to the Owner to execute this Agreement, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any termination of this Agreement, and final completion of the Work: .1 The Contractor is financially solvent, capable of obtaining adequate insurance, able to pay all debts as they mature and possessed of sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform all obligations hereunder; .2 The Contractor is able to furnish the physical infrastructure, tools, materials, supplies, equipment and supervision, and labor required to complete the Work and perform its obligations hereunder and has sufficient experience and competence to do so; .3 The Contractor is authorized to do business in the City of Denton, and the State of Texas and is properly licensed by all necessary governmental and public and quasi-public authorities having jurisdiction over the Contractor and over the Work and the Project; .4 The Contractor’s execution of this Agreement and performance thereof is within the Contractor’s duly-authorized powers; .5 The Contractor’s duly-authorized representative has visited the site of the Project and is familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated its observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .6 The Contractor possesses a high level of experience and expertise in the business administration, construction, construction management and superintendence of projects of this size, complexity and nature of this particular Project and will perform the Work with the care, skill and diligence of such a contractor; .7 The foregoing warranties are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any and all other liability imposed upon the Contactor by law with respect to the Contractor’s duties, obligations, and performance hereunder; and .8 The Contractor acknowledges that the Owner is relying upon the Contractor’s skill and experience in connection with the proper, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work. b. In the event any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any provision contained in the Contract Documents, the more stringent provision for the Contractor, as interpreted by the Owner, shall govern. c. Some or all of the Owner’s duties, approvals and actions required under this Agreement may be provided by third parties by mutual agreement of the Owner and such third parties. When notified in writing of the specific duties and responsibilities of such third party, the Contractor will recognize the actions and approvals of the third party as sufficient to fulfill the Owner’s responsibilities under this Agreement. d. The Contractor shall provide sufficient supporting documentation in form and with a level of detail wholly acceptable to the Owner and Contractor to substantiate any Application for Payment, request for Change to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, and all contract Allowances provided within the Contractor’s Contract Sum for this scope of work. Failure to timely provide all supporting documentation, in and of itself, may result in rejection of the Application for Payment or requested change to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or payment for work charged to the Allowance(s). e. Proof of purchase and warehouse insurance naming the Owner, Contractor and Design Professional as additional insureds, together with inspection rights for the Owner, Contractor and Design Professional is to be provided for any billed materials by the Contractor for the work not physically stored at the Project site. f. Time limits set out in or under this Agreement are solely for the protection and benefit of the Owner and create no third-party beneficiary rights in any other party. g. Notices. All legal notices, consents, approvals, demands, requests or other communications provided for or permitted to be given under any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or served when delivered by hand delivery or when deposited in the U.S. mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows: If to Owner: Arturo (Art) Garcia, SC, PMP, Project Manager City of Denton 1527 S. Mayhill Rd. Denton, Texas 76201 Arturo.Garcia@cityofdenton.com City of Denton ATTN: Contract 8915; Purchasing Manager 901B Texas Street Denton, Texas 76209 purchasing@cityofdenton.com With an additional copy to: « [Owner’s Representative Name] » « [Owner’s Representative Organization] » « [Owner’s Representative Title] » « [Owner’s Representative Street Address] » « [Owner’s Representative City, State & ZIP] » « [Owner’s Representative Phone Number] » « [Owner’s Representative Email Address] » And with a copy to City Attorney’s point of contact: City Attorney City of Denton 215 East McKinney St. Denton, TX 76201 legal@cityofdenton.com If to Contractor: « [Contractor’s Representative Name] » « [Contractor’s Representative Organization] » « [Contractor’s Representative Title] » « [Contractor’s Representative Street Address] » « [Contractor’s Representative City, State & ZIP] » « [Contractor’s Representative Phone Number] » « [Contractor’s Representative Email Address] » If to Design Professional: Gregg Adams, P.E. (the “Design Professional”) 1700 Robert Road, Mansfield, TX 76063 h. All Exhibits referred to in this Agreement are, by reference, incorporated herein for all purposes. i. The numbering and captions of the sections are set forth only for convenience and reference and are not intended in any way to define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement. j. The parties agree that they will execute any further instrument or instruments, and that they will perform any act or acts, which are or may become necessary to effectuate any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. k. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create a contractual relationship with a cause of action in favor of a third party against either the Owner or Contractor. l. This Agreement has been created jointly and ambiguity cannot be construed against either party. m. This Agreement is and shall be subject to those provisions required of political subdivisions by the laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor understands that the Owner is a Texas home rule municipality and that the project is subject to applicable provisions of Texas law including bid requirements, bonding, and final settlement provisions. n. Contractor understands that certain information, including this Agreement, are public records available for public inspection and copying under the Texas Open Records Act., Texas Government Code Ch. 552, as amended, and other applicable laws. o. The Owner represents that there are sufficient funds available to undertake this Project. p. No term or condition of the Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as a waiver, express or implied, of any of the governmental or sovereign immunities, rights, benefits, or protections of the Owner. q. Contractor warrants that the products, processes, techniques and methodologies provided by Contractor shall not infringe upon the copyright, patent or other proprietary rights of others. r. Contractor certifies and warrants that no gratuities, kickbacks or contingency fees were paid in connection with this Agreement, nor were any fees, commissions, gifts or other considerations made contingent upon the award of this Agreement. Contractor warrants that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge, there exists no actual or potential conflict of interest, and no financial or substantial interest as may be prohibited by Texas law, the Charter, or Code of Ethics of the City of Denton between Contractor and Owner. s. Contractor shall comply with the disclosure and reporting requirements in Local Government Code Chapters 171 and 176, and Texas Government Code Sec. 2252.908. Under Sec. 2252.908, if City Council approval is required to award this Agreement or if this Agreement has a value of at least $1,000,000, the City may not enter into the Agreement unless the Contractor submits a disclosure of interested parties to the City at the time the executed Agreement is presented to the City. The disclosure must be made on the form prescribed by the Texas Ethics Commission and the City is required to submit a copy of the disclosure statement to the Texas Ethics Commission not later than the 30th day after the disclosure is received by the City. t. In case any provision hereof shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Contract shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein. u. Contractor understands and agrees that TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. v. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of any number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. Any documents submitted to the City in electronic format shall be considered equivalent to an original of such document. w. Any of the representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations of the Parties, as well as any rights and benefits of the Parties, pertaining to a period of time following the termination of this Agreement shall survive termination. x. COMPLIANCE WITH CERTAIN STATE LAW .1 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2271 of the Texas Government Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms “boycott Israel” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the agreement. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be considered a material breach. .2 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Energy Companies. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract. The terms “boycott energy company” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 809.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the agreement. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be considered a material breach. .3 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Firearm Entities and Firearm Trade Associations. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms “discriminate against a firearm entity or firearm trade association,” “firearm entity” and “firearm trade association” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be considered a material breach. .4 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Iran, Sudan, or a Foreign Terrorist Organization. Sections 2252 and 2270 of the Texas Government Code restricts CITY from contracting with companies that do business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist organization. By signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor, pursuant to Chapters 2252 and 2270, is not ineligible to enter into this agreement and will not become ineligible to receive payments under this agreement by doing business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist organization. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be considered a material breach. .5 Termination Right for Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Certain Foreign-Owned Companies. The City of Denton may terminate this Contract immediately without any further liability if the City of Denton determines, in its sole judgment, that this Contract meets the requirements under Chapter 2274, and Contractor is, or will be in the future, (i) owned by or the majority of stock or other ownership interest of the company is held or controlled by individuals who are citizens of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated country (ii) directly controlled by the Government of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated country, or (iii) is headquartered in China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated country. .6 Pursuant to Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code, all contractors and any Subcontractor involved in the construction of a public work project shall pay not less than the prevailing rates as per diem wages in the locality at the time of construction to all laborers, workmen and mechanics employed by them in the execution of this contract. Contractor shall assure that these requirements are met for the Project and shall insure that every contract or subcontract relating to the Work requires, on behalf of Owner, that the prevailing wage rates be paid. .7 The Contractor shall be provided an applicable Department of Labor Wage Rate Determination for use on the Project required by Chapter 2258.022, Texas Government Code. In the event the Owner does not provide this Labor Wage Rate Determination, the Contractor shall request it in writing in a timely manner, so as not to delay the Construction Manager’s initial subcontractor procurement process during preconstruction. The Construction Manager shall, if requested by the Owner, assist the Owner in conducting a survey of the wages paid, by labor class, on projects of a similar type in a similar location. Article 9. ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 9.1 This Agreement is comprised of the following documents: .1 Stipulated Sum Vertical Construction Contract .2 Exhibit “A” – General Conditions of the Contract for Construction .3 Exhibit “B” – Drawings and Specifications (On File with Purchasing Manager) .4 Addenda, if any: See Exhibit “B” – Drawings and Specifications (On File with Purchasing Manager) Portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding or proposal requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. .5 Other Exhibits: Exhibit “C” – Key Personnel Exhibit “D” – Alternates – None Exhibit “E” – Allowances – None Exhibit “F” – Unit Costs Exhibit “G” – Initial Schedule of Values Exhibit “H” – Contractor’s Construction Schedule Exhibit “I” – Escrow Agreement Exhibit “J” – Conflict of Interest Questionnaire Exhibit “K” – Proposal Form Exhibit “L” – Prevailing Wage Rates Exhibit “Y” – Contractor’s Insurance Certificate(s) and Bonds (To be Completed after Contract Award) .6 Other documents, if any, listed below: This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN BOTH REVIEWED AND APPROVED as to financial and operational obligations and business terms. _______________ ________________ SIGNATURE PRINTED NAME __________________________________ TITLE __________________________________ DEPARTMENT   CITY: CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS BY: _____________________________ SARA HENSLEY CITY MANAGER ATTEST: _________________________________________ BY: _______________________________ APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: MACK REINWAND, CITY ATTORNEY BY: _______________________________ CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR NAME] BY: _____________________________ [NAME] [TITLE] 00 61 15 PERFORMANCE BOND - CSP Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 61 15 1 PERFORMANCE BOND - CSP 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF DENTON § 6 7 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8 “Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate 9 surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11 Texas home-rule municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” 12 herein, in the penal sum of, ___________________________________________ Dollars 13 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14 County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our 15 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16 presents. 17 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the City 18 awarded the _____ day of ________________, 20___, which Agreement is hereby referred to 19 and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, 20 equipment labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including 21 any Change Orders, as provided for in said Agreement designated as City of Denton Public 22 Disposal Facility Repairs. 23 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 24 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Agreement and shall in all respects duly and 25 faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Agreement, according to the 26 plans, specifications, and Agreement documents therein referred to, and as well during any period 27 of extension of the Agreement that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation 28 shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 29 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 30 the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. 31 00 61 15 PERFORMANCE BOND - CSP Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 1 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 2 accordance with the provisions of said statue. 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 4 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______ day of 5 ________________, 20 ______. 6 PRINCIPAL: 7 ____________________________________ 8 ____________________________________ 9 10 BY: ________________________________ 11 Signature 12 ATTEST: 13 14 ______________________________ ____________________________________ 15 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title 16 17 Address: ____________________________ 18 ____________________________ 19 ____________________________ 20 _____________________________ 21 Witness as to Principal 22 SURETY: 23 ____________________________________ 24 ____________________________________ 25 26 BY: ________________________________ 27 Signature 28 29 ____________________________________ 30 Name and Title 31 32 Address: ____________________________ 33 ____________________________ 34 ____________________________ 35 _____________________________ 36 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 37 38 39 40 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 41 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 42 Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 43 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Agreement is awarded. 44 45 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND - CSP Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 61 16 1 PAYMENT BOND - CSP 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF DENTON § 6 7 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8 “Principal” herein, and _________________________________________________________, a 9 corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11 Texas home-rule municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known 12 as “City” herein, in the penal sum of___________________________________________ 13 Dollars ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, 14 Denton County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, 15 our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16 presents: 17 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with City, awarded 18 the _____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Agreement is hereby referred to 19 and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, 20 equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as 21 provided for in said Agreement and designated as City of Denton Public Disposal Facility 22 Repairs. 23 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 24 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 25 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 26 the Agreement, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 27 force and effect. 28 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 29 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 30 accordance with the provisions of said statute. 31 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND - CSP Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 1 the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 3 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _____ day of 4 ________________, 20 ______. 5 6 PRINCIPAL: _________________________________ _________________________________ ATTEST: BY: _____________________________ Signature ___________________________________ (Principal) Secretary _____________________________ Name and Title Address: _________________________ _________________________ ___________________________________ Witness as to Principal SURETY: _________________________________ _________________________________ ATTEST: BY: _____________________________ Signature __________________________________ (Surety) Secretary _____________________________ Name and Title Address: _________________________ __________________________________ _________________________ Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ________________ 7 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the 8 bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety’s physical 9 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 10 11 THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR 12 TO THE DATE THE AGREEMENT IS AWARDED. 13 END OF SECTION 14 00 61 20 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 SECTION 00 61 20 1 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 6 7 That we_____________________________________________________, known as 8 “Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety 9 (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11 Texas home-rule municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known 12 as “City” herein, in the sum of _________________________________________ Dollars 13 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14 County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its 15 successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly 16 and severally, firmly by these presents. 17 18 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the City 19 awarded the ______ day of ________________, 20 _____, which Agreement is hereby referred 20 to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, 21 equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, 22 including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, the 23 “Work”) as provided for in said Agreement and designated as City of Denton Public Disposal 24 Facility Improvements; and 25 26 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 27 accordance with the plans, specifications and Agreement Documents that the Work is and will 28 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 29 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (“Maintenance Period”); and 30 31 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 32 upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance 33 Period. 34 00 61 20 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 1 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 2 remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion 3 satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in 4 full force and effect. 5 6 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 7 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to 8 be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and 9 the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 10 11 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 12 the state district courts of Denton County, Texas; and 13 14 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 15 successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 16 17 18 19 00 61 20 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 1 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______ day of ________________, 2 20 ______. 3 4 PRINCIPAL: 5 ____________________________________ 6 ____________________________________ 7 8 BY: ________________________________ 9 Signature 10 ATTEST: 11 12 ______________________________ ____________________________________ 13 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title 14 15 Address: ____________________________ 16 ____________________________ 17 ____________________________ 18 _____________________________ 19 Witness as to Principal 20 SURETY: 21 ____________________________________ 22 ____________________________________ 23 24 BY: ________________________________ 25 Signature 26 27 ____________________________________ 28 ATTEST: Name and Title 29 30 _____________________________ Address: ____________________________ 31 (Surety) Secretary ____________________________ 32 ____________________________ 33 _____________________________ 34 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 35 36 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 37 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 38 Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 39 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Agreement is awarded. 40 41 00 61 26 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 SECTION 00 61 26 1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - CSP 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with standard 6 ACORD Certificate of Insurance form.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 Section 00 72 00 Exhibit A – General Conditions for the following PROJECT: Public Disposal Facility Repairs THE OWNER: City of Denton 215 East McKinney Street Denton, Texas 76201 THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: Biggs & Mathews Environmental, Inc. 1700 Robert Road, Suite 100 Mansfield, Texas 76063 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Article 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1.1 Basic Definitions a. The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Proposal Documents, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Design Professional. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. b. The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Design Professional or the Design Professional’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Design Professional or the Design Professional’s consultants, or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Design Professional shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Design Professional’s duties. This Agreement was the result of negotiations between the Owner and Contractor, and has been reviewed by the Owner, Contractor and their respective counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both parties and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either party. The terms “Agreement” and “Contract” shall be used interchangeably to have the same meaning as defined in this Section 1.1.b. c. The Work The term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, supplies, skill, supervision, transportation, support services, facilities and other resources necessary or proper or incidental to the carrying out and completion of the terms of the contract and all other items of cost or value needed to produce, construct and fully complete the Work identified by the Contract Documents. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. d. The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. e. The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. f. The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. g. Design Documents Design Documents are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Design Professional and the Design Professional’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Design Documents may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, the Project Manual and other similar materials. h. Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions. i. The Indemnitees The Owner, which includes the Mayor, members of the City Council, employees, agents, assigns, and other city officers, the Owner’s consultants, the Design Professional, Design Professional’s consultants, and the agents and employees of any of them shall hereafter be known as the “Indemnitees”. j. Construction Management Plan The Construction Management Plan is prepared by the Contractor for its use in managing the Work and is not a Contract Document. The Construction Management Plan must include, at a minimum and without limitation, the following separate deliverables, which are subject to review and approval by the Design Professional and Owner: i. Safety and Logistics Plan; ii. Contractor’s Construction Schedule; iii. Cost Management Plan, Control Estimate and Schedule of Values; iv. Quality Management, Commissioning and Turnover Plan; and v. Information Management System. k. As-Built Documents The As-Built Documents are the Drawings, Specifications, and addenda thereto that may be updated by the Contractor to accurately reflect the actual Work in place, including without limitation, the incorporation of Change Orders, responses to the Contractor’s requests for information, Design Professional’s supplemental instructions, field modifications, and other similar changes made to the Work during construction. The As-Built documents shall conform to the format and compatibility requirements of Section 3.10.1.i. l. Work Breakdown Structure The project’s Work Breakdown Structure (“WBS”) is a deliverable-oriented, hierarchical organization of the Project components to be executed by the Owner, and its accompanying numbering system. The WBS will be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Design Professional and used by the Contractor. m. Equal to (or Approved Equal) Products by manufacturers and information about those products other than those products specified in the Contract Documents which the Contractor may submit for substitution as equal to those products specified in the Contract Documents; which may be incorporated in the Work after using the process specified in the Contract Documents for review and acceptance by the Design Professional and acceptance of same by the Owner. n. Underground Facilities All underground lines, pipelines, conduits, ducts, encasements, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or systems at the Site, including but not limited to those facilities or systems that produce, transmit, distribute, or convey telephone or other communications, cable television, fiber optic transmissions, power, electricity, light, heat, gases, oil, crude oil products, liquid petroleum products, water, steam, waste, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. o. Force Majeure An act of God, fire, tornado, hurricane, flood, earthquake, explosion, war on American soil, civil disturbance, labor strikes, and similar unavoidable circumstances beyond Contractor’s control, not caused by the negligent act or omission of Contractor or breach of this Agreement, its Subcontractors, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and not caused by Contractor’s breach of a project labor or a "no strike" agreement. p. Knowledge The terms "knowledge," "recognize" and "discover," their respective derivatives and similar terms in the Contract Documents, as used in reference to the Contractor, shall be interpreted to mean that which the Contractor knows or should know, recognizes or should recognize and discovers or should discover in exercising the care, skill, and diligence of a diligent and prudent contractor familiar with the Work. Analogously, the expression "reasonably inferable" and similar terms in the Contract Documents shall be interpreted to mean reasonably inferable by a diligent and prudent contractor familiar with the Work and in accordance with the highest standards in the construction profession. q. Proposal The offer or proposal of an Offeror submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. r. Offeror The individual or entity that submits a Proposal directly to City. s. Proposal Documents The Proposal Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents including all addenda. t. Proposal Requirements The Advertisement or Request for Proposal, Invitation to Offerors, Instructions to Offerors, Offeror’s Bond or other Proposal security, the Proposal Form, and the Proposal with any attachments. u. Notice of Award A written notice given by City to the Successful Offeror stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Offeror with the conditions precedent listed in such notice, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. v. Calendar Day A day consisting of 24 hours measures from midnight to the next midnight. A “day” or “Day” unless otherwise defined shall mean a Calendar Day. w. Business Day A day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. x. Notice to Proceed A written instrument from the Owner to the Contractor requiring the Contractor to proceed with performance of activities, including, but not limited to development of submittals, ordering of materials, and any other services (the “Preconstruction Services”) required to prepare for and expedite the construction of the Work as required by the Contract Documents; and complete the Work (the “Construction Services”). Section 1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents a. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. Where a conflict occurs between or within standards, specifications, and drawings, the more stringent or higher quality requirements shall apply. The precedence and coordination of the Contract Documents are as follows: .1 Any addenda and modifications to the Drawings and Specifications take precedence over any earlier Contract Documents. .2 Should there be a conflict within the Specifications, or within the Drawings, or between the Drawings and Specification, the Design Professional shall decide which stipulation will provide the best installation and its decision shall be final. .3 The Drawing and Specifications are intended to coordinate with each other. Anything shown on the Drawings but not mentioned in the Specification or vice-versa, or anything not expressly set forth in either, but which is reasonably implied, shall be furnished as though specifically shown and mentioned in both without any extra charge. .4 The Drawings, for purposes of clearness and legibility, are essentially diagrammatic, and although the sizes and locations of equipment are shown to scale wherever possible, the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors are required to familiarize themselves with all the Work required by the Contract Documents. Each Contractor, Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor shall properly coordinate its work with that of the Owner and all Separate Contractors. It is not within the scope of the Drawings to show all necessary offsets, obstructions or structural conditions. It shall be the responsibility of each Contractor to plan, coordinate, and install its work in such a manner so as to conform to the structure. Any conflict within the Drawings shall be referred to the Design Professional for disposition prior to the installation of any affected work. .5 Figured dimensions contained in the Contract Documents shall be accurately followed, even though they differ from scaled measurements. No work shown on the plans, the dimensions of which are not figured, shall be executed until instructions have been obtained from the Design Professional as to the dimensions to be used. Larger scale Drawings shall have preference over smaller scale drawings, but discrepancies shall be referred to the Design Professional for interpretation. .6 Underground Facilities Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others, unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and the cost of all of the following are included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: reviewing and checking all information and data; verifying the actual location of those Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being within the area affected by the Work, by exposing such Underground Facilities during the course of construction; coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners (including City) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated on the Drawings or otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated on the Drawings or in the Contract Documents with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith, identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences, subject to the provisions of Article 7. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. .7 Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data with respect to such reports and drawings for its use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents concerning the Site; or any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. i. The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law, or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to give effect to the parties’ intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. b. Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. c. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Section 1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles, or (3) the titles of other documents that are a part of this Contract. Section 1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as “all” and “any” and articles such as “the” and “an,” but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. Section 1.5 Ownership and Use of Design Documents a. Submittal or distribution of the Design Documents or any portion thereof to meet official laws, statutes, ordinances and regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Owner’s reserved rights. b. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Design Documents provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Design Documents. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Design Documents on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner. Section 1.6 Notice a. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.b, where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person, by mail, by courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. In the event notice is provided by mail, it shall be sent certified return receipt requested. b. Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.c shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail, or by courier providing proof of delivery. Section 1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission a. The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Design Documents or any other information or documentation in digital form. The parties will establish the protocols for the development, use, transmission, and exchange of digital data in writing, as mutually agreed. b. The Contractor, at any time upon the request of the Owner, shall immediately return and surrender to the Owner, without limitation, all electronic and hard copies of any Project-related materials, records, notices, memoranda, recordings, drawings, specifications, mock-ups and any other documents furnished by the Owner or the Design Professional to the Contractor. Section 1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of, or reliance on, all or a portion of a building information model without written agreement to protocols governing the use of, and reliance on, the information contained in the model, shall be at the using or relying party’s sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants, the authors of, or contributors to, the building information model, and each of their agents and employees. Section 1.9 The representations and warranties contained in the Contract Documents shall survive the complete performance of the Work or earlier termination of this Agreement. Article 2. OWNER Section 2.1 General a. The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.a, the Design Professional does not have such authority. The term “Owner” means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative. b. The Owner shall furnish the following information to a person, including the Design Professional or Contractor, who makes a request for information under Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, related to a payment or performance bond: (1) a certified copy of a payment bond and any attachment to the bond; (2) the public work contract for which the bond was given; and (3) the toll-free telephone number maintained by the Texas Department of Insurance under Subchapter B, Chapter 521, Insurance Code, for obtaining information concerning licensed insurance companies. c. The Owner may obtain independent review(s) of the Design Professional’s Design Documents, or of any document or other materials submitted by the Contractor, by a separate architect, engineer, contractor, cost estimator or any other consultant they deem necessary and put under contract to or cause to be employed by the Owner. Such independent review shall be undertaken at the Owner’s expense in a timely manner and shall not delay the orderly progress of the Work. The Design Professional and Contractor shall cooperate with such Owner’s other consultants fully and respond to their reviews and comments in writing in a timely and comprehensive manner. This provision shall not be interpreted to require the Owner to obtain an independent review or imply that the Owner is in any way assuming responsibility for the work of the Design Professional and Contractor. Section 2.2 Evidence of the Owner’s Financial Arrangements a. Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract. b. Following commencement of the Work and within ten (10) business days of written request by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract only if (1) the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner’s ability to make payment when due; or (3) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence, as required, within fourteen days of the Contractor’s request, the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and, in that event, shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped. However, if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under (3) above, the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided. If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.b, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately, and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. c. After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. d. Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as “confidential,” the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person. However, the Contractor may disclose “confidential” information, after seven (7) days’ notice to the Owner, where disclosure is required by law, including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity, or by court or arbitrator(s) order. The Contractor may also disclose “confidential” information to its employees, consultants, sureties, Subcontractors and their employees, Sub-subcontractors, and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the above, all Agreements with the Owner shall have all references to compensation redacted before disclosing to Subcontractors, sub-Subcontractors, or any other tier of vendor. Section 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner a. Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.a, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. b. The Owner shall retain a Design Professional lawfully licensed to practice architecture or engineering as applicable, or an entity lawfully practicing architecture or engineering, as applicable, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Design Professional in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. c. If the employment of the Design Professional terminates, the Owner shall employ a successor whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Design Professional. d. The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. e. The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner’s control and relevant to the Contractor’s performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor’s written request for such information or services. f. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.b. g. The foregoing are, without limitation and in addition to, the other duties and responsibilities of the Owner specified in Article 6; Article 9; and Article 11. Section 2.4 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.c nor shall the exercise of the Owner’s right hereunder give rise to any claim by Contractor for additions to the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Section 2.5 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within forty-eight (48) hours from receipt of written notice from the Owner or Design Professional to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. The Design Professional may, at the direction of the Owner, pursuant to Section 9.5.a, withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Design Professional’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Design Professional, or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner, the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. Section 2.6 Extent of Owner Rights a. The rights stated in this Article 2 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents are cumulative and not in limitation of any rights of the Owner granted in the Contract Documents; at law; or in equity. b. In no event shall the Owner or Design Professional have control over, charge of, or any responsibility for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Notwithstanding anything else herein, and without limitation, any review(s), independent or otherwise, or approval(s) by the Owner or Design Professional of the Design Documents, the Contract Documents, the Contractor’s Construction Management Plan(s), the Contractor’s Construction Schedule, shop drawings, submittals, meeting minutes or other Contractor’s services, deliverables or activities; nor the exercising of any of the rights and authority granted the Owner or Design Professional in the Contract Documents shall in any way reduce, diminish, or otherwise affect the Contractor's responsibilities, duties and accountability to the Owner for, without limitation, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures or for safety precautions, and the provision of the Work per the requirements of the Contract Documents. c. The Owner reserves the right to have the Contractor and/or subcontractors remove person(s) and/or personnel from any and all work on the Project for cause but without cost to the Owner. Such requests from the Owner will be made in writing and may be done directly or indirectly through the Design Professional/Engineer or on-site representative. “Cause” may include, but is not limited to, any of the following: incompetence, poor workmanship, poor scheduling abilities, poor coordination, disruptive to the project, the facility or others, poor management, cause delay or delays, will not strictly adhere to facility procedures and project requirements either willfully or unknowingly, insubordination, drug/alcohol use, possession of contraband, belligerent acts or actions, etc. The Contractor shall provide replacement person(s) and/or personnel acceptable to the Owner at no cost to the Owner. Article 3. CONTRACTOR Section 3.1 General a. The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Contract or Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located, Denton County, Texas. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative. b. The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Design Professional in the Design Professional’s administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. Section 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor a. Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. Prior to execution of the Agreement, the Contractor and each Subcontractor have evaluated and satisfied themselves as to the conditions and limitations under which the Work is to be performed, including, without limitation, (i) the location, condition, layout, and nature of the Project site and surrounding areas and generally prevailing climatic conditions; (ii) anticipated labor supply and costs; (iii) availability and cost of materials, tools, and equipment; and (iv) other similar issues. The Owner and Design Professional assume no responsibility or liability for the physical condition or safety of the Project site, or any improvements located on the Project site. Except as set forth in Section 10.3, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing a safe place for the performance of the Work. The Owner and Design Professional shall not be required to make any adjustment in either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time in connection with any failure by the Contractor or any Subcontractor to have complied with the requirements of this Section 3.2.a. b. Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.d, shall take field measurements of and verify any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe and verify the impact of any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Design Professional any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Design Professional may require. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Design Professional, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction per Section 12.2. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. c. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Design Professional any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Design Professional may require. d. If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Design Professional issues in response to the Contractor’s notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.b or 3.2.c, the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.b or 3.2.c, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner, subject to Section 15.1.g, as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Design Professional for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities unless such error, inconsistency or omission could be ascertained from a careful study of the Contract Documents in its capacity as a contractor and not as a design professional. Section 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures a. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. c. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. d. The Contractor shall carefully check its own work and that of Subcontractors as the Work is being performed. e. During the finishing stages of the project, the Contractor shall make frequent inspections of the Work, with the applicable Subcontractor(s) involved, if any, with seven (7) days advance notice to the Design Professional, and the Contractor shall identify incorrect and faulty Work. f. The Contractor shall ensure that incorrect or faulty Work is corrected immediately. g. The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Design Professional in their administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. Section 3.4 Labor and Materials a. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. b. The Contractor is encouraged to consider products and systems that improve the project and retain the character of the products specified, but do not alter the intent of the project. However, except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Design Professional in accordance with Sections 3.12.h or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only by a formal request for substitution of products in place of those specified with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Design Professional in accordance with the conditions set forth below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. The Contractor must submit to the Design Professional and the Owner, for each proposed substitution: .1 A full explanation of the proposed substitution and submittal of all supporting data, including technical information, catalog “cut sheets”, warranties, test results, installation instructions, operating procedures, and other like information necessary for a complete evaluation of the substitution; .2 A written explanation of the reasons the substitution is advantageous and necessary, including the benefits to the Owner and the Work in the event the substitution is acceptable; .3 The adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, in the event the substitution is acceptable; .4 The adjustment, if any, in the time of completion of the Contract and the Contractor’s Construction Schedule in the event the substitution is acceptable; .5 An affidavit stating that (1) the proposed substitution conforms to and meets all the requirements of the pertinent Specifications and the requirements shown on the Drawings, and (2) the Contractor accepts the warranty and correction obligations in connection with the proposed substitution as if originally specified by the Design Professional; .6 Proposals for substitutions shall be submitted electronically to the Design Professional and the Owner’s other consultants, if any, in sufficient time to allow no less than ten (10) business days for their respective reviews; .7 No substitutions will be considered or allowed without the Contractor's submittal of complete substantiating data and information as stated herein; and .8 Substitutions and alternates may be rejected without explanation and will be considered only under one or more of the following conditions: (1) the proposal is required for compliance with interpretation of code requirements or insurance regulations then existing; (2) specified products are unavailable through no fault of the Contractor; (3) subsequent information discloses the inability of specified products to perform properly or to fit in the designated space; (4) the manufacturer/fabricator refuses to certify or guarantee the performance of the specified product as required; and (5) when, in the judgment of the Owner or the Design Professional, a substitution would be substantially in the Owner's best interests, in terms of cost, time, or other considerations; and .9 Whether or not any proposed substitution is accepted by the Owner, the Owner’s other consultants, if any (if any), or the Design Professional, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any fees charged by the Design Professional, and the Owner’s other consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. c. The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. Smoking and chewing of tobacco products is prohibited in enclosed new construction. No glass bottles shall be brought on the construction site or Owner’s property by any construction personnel. d. All work under this Agreement shall be performed in a skillful and workmanlike manner in accordance with the highest industry standards. e. The Contractor shall only employ or use labor in connection with the Work capable of working harmoniously with all trades, crafts, and any other individuals associated with the Project. The Contractor shall also use best efforts to minimize the likelihood of any strike, work stoppage, or other labor disturbance. .1 If the Work is to be performed by trade unions, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile, without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Design Professional or the Owner, any conflict between the Contract Documents and any agreements or regulations of any kind at any time in force among members or councils that regulate or distinguish the activities that shall not be included in the work of any particular trade; and .2 In case the progress of the Work is affected by any undue delay in furnishing or installing any items or materials or equipment required under the Contract Documents because of such conflict involving any such labor agreement or regulation, the Owner may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided pursuant to a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. Section 3.5 Warranty a. The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Design Professional that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Design Professional, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS AGAINST ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, LOSS, OR DAMAGE BY ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY, AND CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES IT SHALL NOT LIMIT SUCH WARRANTY BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.2. b. All material, equipment, or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.d. c. When written warranties are specified, the document shall include the following information: Name and address of Project and Owner; Article, materials, or systems covered; Name and address of Installer; Name and address of Contractor; and Signature of individual authorized to sign contracts for the company issuing the warranty. d. The following minimum warranty terms shall be incorporated: .1 Duration shall be one year or as otherwise specified, dated from the Date of Substantial Completion; .2 The article, material or system is free from defective materials and workmanship; .3 Costs of repair or replacement shall not accrue to the Owner, including, without limitation, repair or replacement of other work disturbed by, or because of, repair or replacement; and .4 The warranty period of two years, or as otherwise specified, shall recommence upon the identification and completion by Contractor and acceptance by Owner of any warranty claim during the initial two-year (2) warranty period. e. Warranties which are provided by a manufacturer for its product shall be received by the Contractor, filled out and filed with the manufacturer or other appropriate entity in coordination with the Owner. Certificates or registration stubs shall be included with the record documents submitted for the Owner upon completion of the Work. The Owner shall administrate manufacturer’s warranties/guarantees after expiration of the Contractor’s warranty. f. Temporary or trial usage by the Owner of any mechanical device, machinery, apparatus, equipment, or any work or material supplied under the Contract Documents before final completion and written acceptance by the Design Professional and Owner shall not be construed as evidence of the Design Professional’s or the Owner’s acceptance of same, or the commencement of any warranty periods. g. The Owner has the privilege of such temporary or trial usage, for such reasonable time as the Owner, or the Design Professional deem proper. The Contractor shall make no claims for damage or injury to, or breaking of, any parts of such work which may be caused by weakness or insufficiency of structural parts, or by defective materials or workmanship. h. The Contractor may, without cost to the Owner, make such trial usage. However, trials shall only be conducted with the Design Professional's prior approval and under its observation as may be required by either of them. Equipment and/or materials shall be replaced or returned to “as new” condition prior to acceptance by the Owner. i. The Contractor agrees to assign to the Owner at the time of final completion of the Work any and all manufacturer’s warranties relating to materials and labor used in the Work and further agrees to perform the Work in such manner so as to preserve any and all such manufacturer’s warranties. j. If necessary as a matter of law, the Contractor may retain the right to enforce directly any such manufacturers’ warranties during the one (1) year period following the date of Substantial Completion described in Section 12.2.b. Section 3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall, to the extent not exempted under Section 13.11.i herein, pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. In no event shall the Owner pay the Contractor for taxes that were not properly due or for which the Owner is exempt from paying under Texas law. Section 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws a. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit. The Owner shall also pay for any applicable gas, water, sewer and electrical service application fees; assessments against the property, including property tax, developmental excise and similar taxes; sewer, water, and related utility tap fees; and sewer plant improvement fees, unless exempted under Texas law. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. b. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. c. If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, regardless of whether such work is in accordance with Contract Documents, and without notice to the Design Professional that the Contract Documents are at variance with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, or regulations, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. Codes and ordinances shall take full and complete precedence over anything contained in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, except where the Contract Documents call for Work or materials of higher standards than those required by codes or ordinances, in which case, the Contract Documents shall govern. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed as authority for the Contractor to violate any applicable codes or ordinances in effect at the site. d. Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Design Professional before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) days after first observance of the conditions. The Design Professional will promptly investigate such conditions and, if, in the Design Professional’s opinion, they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If, in the Design Professional’s opinion, the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Design Professional shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Design Professional’s recommendation, that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. i. In no event shall any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time be made for conditions which should have been known to the Contractor or would have been noticed by a Contractor of similar size and experience pursuant to its on-site inspection; by way of or conditions referenced in any other inspections or tests concerning the site which have been made available to the Contractor or have been performed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; are part of the Contract Documents; or are part of the materials provided by the Contractor to be used in constructing the improvements. e. If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Design Professional. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. f. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, statutes, rules, codes, orders, regulations, and ordinances, including, but not limited to, all immigration, environmental and safety laws, statutes, rules, codes, orders and regulations. .1 The Contractor shall also maintain at all times during the term of the this Agreement (and for the time otherwise required by law) all records required by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (“USCIS”), including, without limitation, the completion and maintenance of the Form I-9 for each of Contractor’s employees and shall respond at all times during the term of this Agreement in a timely fashion to any inspection request related to such I-9 forms by the Contractor, Owner or governmental agency or authority; .2 Furthermore, during the term of this Agreement, and for the time otherwise required by law, Contractor shall cause its officers, directors, managers, agents, and employees to cooperate fully in all respects with any audit, inquiry, inspection, or investigation that may be conducted by the USCIS of the Contractor or any of its employees or subcontractors; .3 The Contractor shall immediately, and in any event within two (2) hours of Contractor’s first notice of an event described in this Section 3.7.f notify the Owner in writing and by in-person voice communications (not voicemail) of any unscheduled inspections, raids, investigations, inquiries, visits, or audits conducted by the USCIS, OSHA, or any other governmental agency or authority related to environmental, immigration, or employee safety issues of the Contractor, its agents, employees, its Design Professional, Subcontractors, or Sub-subcontractors; .4 The Contractor shall, on a monthly basis during the term of this Agreement, conduct an audit of the I-9 forms for its employees and shall promptly correct any defects or deficiencies that are identified as a result of such audit; .5 The Owner may, at its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement immediately if, at any time during the term of this Agreement, the Contractor violates or is in breach of any provision of this Section 3.7.f or the USCIS determines that Contractor has not complied with any of the immigration laws, statutes, rules, codes, or regulations of the United States or any applicable state laws or regulations, or any applicable local ordinances, including, without limitation, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended, and the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigration Responsibility Act of 1996, as amended, and any successor statutes thereto; .6 If an employee of the Contractor or if the Contractor is later determined to not have valid I-9 information then that employee shall be removed and barred from the Project site at the Contractor’s expense; and .7 The Contractor shall require the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material suppliers to make the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.7.f and to be bound by the same requirements set forth herein. Section 3.8 Allowances a. The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. b. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.b.1 and (2) changes in Contractor’s costs under Section 3.8.b.2. c. Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Section 3.9 Superintendent a. The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work including, but not limited to, weekends, evenings and nights, or as otherwise reasonably and mutually agreed in writing with the Owner, until all punch list items have been completed to the satisfaction of the Design Professional. No subcontractor shall perform work on the site without the presence of the Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. b. The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Design Professional of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Owner or the Design Professional may notify the Contractor, stating whether the Owner or the Design Professional (1) has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Design Professional to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. c. All of the Contractor’s proposed on-site personnel must be approved by the Design Professional and Owner. The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Design Professional has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. Substitution or other significant personnel changes which may affect the Contractor’s on-site personnel must be preceded by written notification of the Design Professional and Owner no less than seven (7) business days before the anticipated event. Such proposed changes must be approved by the Design Professional and Owner. The Contractor shall designate a second person in charge in writing in the event the Superintendent is temporarily absent due to illness, vacation, or any other cause(s). Section 3.10 Contractor’s Construction and Submittal Schedules i. Where the Contract is based on a Stipulated Sum, the Contractor, immediately after being awarded the Work, and before execution of the Agreement, shall meet at a Preconstruction Conference with the Owner for the purpose of reviewing the Contractor’s proposed Construction Management Plan; assisting the Owner with further developing the Master Project Schedule; and integrating the Work of the Contractor into that of the Owner and all Separate Contractors, if any. ii. The Contractor’s Project Schedule must include all the following: .1 Use precedence format, critical path method scheduling without the use of artificial activity constraints or “negative float”; .2 Use software, techniques and methods satisfactory to the Owner; .3 Provide an electronic and graphic representation of all activities and events that will occur during performance of the Work; .4 Identify each subproject, to include, without limitation preconstruction, construction, commissioning, turnover of the Work, and Owner’s occupancy; .5 Set forth dates that are critical in ensuring the timely and orderly completion of the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents (hereinafter referred to as “Contractual Milestone Dates”); .6 Upon review by the Design Professional and written review and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractual Milestone Dates, the Contractor’s Project Schedule shall be deemed part of the Contract Documents and provided to the Owner as a submittal; .7 If not accepted, the Contractor’s Project Schedule shall be promptly revised by the Contractor in accordance with the recommendations of the Owner and resubmitted for acceptance; .8 Submission of an updated Contractor’s Project Schedule with each Application for Payment shall be a mandatory condition precedent to the payment by the Owner to the Contractor pursuant to an Application for Payment, and the Owner shall not be obligated to make payment if the Contractor fails to include an updated Contractor’s Project Schedule reflecting the then-current conditions on the Project and the anticipated progress of Work based on those conditions; and .9 All requests for change orders, modifications or additional compensation from the Contractor affecting the Contract Time or Contract Sum shall include a detailed schedule with both data and graphics showing the specific effect of the changed, modified or differing condition(s) on the critical path of the Contractor’s Project Schedule. iii. The Contractor, prior to preparing the Construction Management Plan and attending the Preconstruction Conference, will have reviewed the sequences, durations, sequencing and dependencies of activities, material deliveries, and sequenced man-hour staffing to complete the Work. Work activities which have an installed value of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) or more will be broken down into major products or operations except where mutually agreed otherwise by Contractor and Owner, and these values cost-loaded into the Contractor’s Project Schedule as deemed necessary by the Owner. Upon request by the Owner, the Contractor shall support values given for each work activity with data that will substantiate its correctness. The Owner may require the Contractor to show separate work activities and Contractual Milestones for, as examples only and without limitation: Substructure Completion; Superstructure Completion; Building Exterior Skin Completion; Interior Finishes Completion; Owner’s Beneficial Occupancy, and other similar dates the Owner, at its sole discretion deems important to the Project. iv. In the event the Contractor does not timely provide the Contractor’s Construction Management Plan with an acceptable Contractor’s Project Schedule containing such elements, information, and processes in a form and with a level of detail acceptable to the Design Professional and the Owner, the Owner may, at the Owner’s discretion, unilaterally generate the target Contractor’s Project Schedule at the Contractor's expense, and impose such schedule, sequences, logic, and/or durations on the Contractor as it deems necessary to complete the Work, or the Owner may declare the Contractor in breach of contract. Whether or not the Owner decides to implement this option, all other contractual provisions relating to breach of contract will continue to be in full force and apply without modification. The Owner may deduct from the Contractor’s Application(s) for Payment the amount paid by the Owner for generating the Contractor’s Project Schedule. v. Upon completion of the Master Project Schedule, and acceptance by the Owner and all Separate Contractors, the Master Project Schedule shall supersede previously submitted schedules. Each updated Master Project Schedule shall supersede previous updates. b. The Contractor shall, at the Preconstruction Conference, and as a sub-system of its Contractor’s Project Schedule, prepare an easily isolated, sorted and separately viewed submittal schedule, and thereafter update it as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit such schedule(s) for the Design Professional’s approval. The Design Professional’s approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule, and (2) allow the Design Professional reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit an approvable submittal schedule thirty (30) days prior to the date established for commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall not mobilize on site, or be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the delay of the Work or time required for review of submittals during the prosecution of the Work. c. The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent Contractor’s Project Schedules submitted to the Owner and Design Professional and incorporated into the approved Master Project Schedule. d. The Owner together with the Contractor, will monitor the Master Project Schedule, and incorporate the Contractor’s updates to its portions of this overall schedule. As all Separate Contractors are also obligated to follow the Master Project Schedule and their respective schedules therein, they will be required to actively cooperate and participate in the preparation and updating of their portion of this schedule, as well as updating the overall Master Project Schedule by the Owner. The Contractor will be kept updated on all significant Master Project Schedule changes materially affecting the Contractor’s Project Schedule. e. The Contractor will produce a Short Interval Schedule containing activities for not less than one (1) previous week and the next three (3) weeks, and which focuses on the major weekly work activities of each subsystem. At each weekly meeting this Short Interval Schedule will be reviewed by the Contractor with all affected Subcontractors and the Owner. f. In the event of substantial delay, if excusable under the Contract, for which extension of the Contract Time has or will be granted, the Owner will review and may require revision by the appropriate contractor(s) of affected component of the Master Project Schedule as required by the specific applicable situation(s), and with the cooperation of the Separate Contractors on the Project. g. The Contractor shall, at mutually agreed intervals, submit to the Owner and Design Professional a progress report stating, without limitation, labor forces mobilized and working on site; areas worked in or on; percent complete of current work activities; any potential schedule or coordination problems; material deliveries received; site visitors; and other information as required by the Owner. h. The Contractor shall monitor the progress of the Work for conformance with the requirements of the Contractor’s Project Schedule and shall promptly advise the Owner of any delays or potential delays. The accepted Contractor’s Project Schedule shall be updated to reflect actual conditions as frequently as mutually agreed by the Contractor and Owner; but in no event less frequently than with each Application for Payment; and at other times as may be reasonably requested by the Owner or Design Professional. In the event any progress report or schedule update indicates any actual or potential delays, the Contractor shall, using both the most currently approved Contractor’s Project Schedule as a baseline for comparison, and a written narrative, propose an affirmative plan to correct the delay (hereinafter referred to as the “Proposed Recovery Schedule”) which must include the following: .1 The Proposed Recovery Schedule will show the results of working additional shift or days, adding additional labor, and any of the other actions specified in Section 8.4, if necessary, all as described in the accompanying narrative; .2 The Proposed Recovery Schedule will be reviewed by the Owner, and the Contractor will promptly and diligently make all adjustments to the Proposed Recovery Schedule reasonably requested as a result of such review. .3 The Proposed Recovery Schedule shall become the most current, approved Contractor’s Project Schedule upon its approval by the Owner, issuance of a Change Order for the purpose by the Design Professional; and signing of such Change Order by the Contractor, Design Professional, and Owner, in that order; and .4 In no event shall any progress report, schedule update or Proposed Recovery Schedule constitute an adjustment in the Contract Time, any Contractual Milestone Date, or the Contract Sum unless any such adjustment is agreed to by the Owner and authorized pursuant to Change Order. i. In the event either the Owner or Design Professional determine that the performance of the Work, as of a Contractual Milestone Date, has not progressed or reached the level of completion required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall have the right to order the Contractor to take corrective measures necessary to expedite the progress of construction, including, without limitation those further specified in Section 8.4. j. The Owner may exercise the rights furnished the Owner under or pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 8.4 as frequently as the Owner deems necessary to ensure that the Contractor’s performance of the Work will comply with any Contractual Milestone Date or completion date set forth in the Contract Documents. k. The Owner shall have the right to direct a postponement or rescheduling of any date or time for the performance of any part of the Work that may interfere with the operation of any part of the Owner’s organization or any stakeholders or invitees thereof. The Contractor shall, upon the Owner’s or Design Professional’s request, reschedule such portion of the Work during hours when the interference to the Owner’s organization, or any stakeholders or invitees thereof, will be minimized or eliminated. Any postponement, rescheduling, or performance of the Work under this Section 3.10.k may be grounds for an extension of the Contract Time, if permitted under Section 8.3.a; and an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum if the performance of the Work was properly scheduled by the Contractor in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and to the extent such rescheduling or postponement is required for the convenience of the Owner. l. Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available, to the Owner, Design Professional or their designees, at the Project site, the Contract Documents, including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and the approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar required submittals. These shall be in electronic form or paper copy and delivered to the Design Professional for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. The Contractor shall make available to the Owner or Design Professional for inspection and copying the record copy of the drawings, specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, including all such documents maintained by the Contractor in electronic format, upon reasonable request of the Owner or Design Professional and, in any event, within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt by Contractor of a request from Owner or Design Professional for such review and/or copying. The Owner or Design Professional may request the record copy of the As-Built Documents, specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other modifications of the Work to be updated before Substantial Completion to reflect the most current condition of the Project, as additional Cost of the Work paid as a Change Order at the Owner’s expense. The Owner or Design Professional may require the Contractor to furnish the As-Built Documents in electronic format and may make copies of them prior to completion of the Work at the Owner's expense. i. The Contractor shall provide final electronic files and one “hard” copy of the Drawings and Specifications to the Owner updated to reflect the final condition of the Project with the final Application for Payment as a condition precedent to final payment. Section 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples a. Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. b. Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. c. Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. d. Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Design Professional is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.g. Informational submittals upon which the Design Professional is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Design Professional without action. e. The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve, and submit to the Design Professional, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents, after Contractor has verified the information contained within said submittals is in accordance with representations required by Section 3.12.f and in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Design Professional or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors. f. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Design Professional that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents and (4) verified the information contained within said submittals is in accordance with all applicable Federal, state and local codes or ordinances in effect at the site. g. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, until the respective submittal has been approved by the Design Professional. Should the Contractor, Subcontractors, or Sub-subcontractors install, construct, erect or perform any portion of the Work without approval of any requisite submittal, the Contractor shall bear the costs, responsibility, and delay for removal, replacement, and/or correction of any and all items, material, and /or labor. h. The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Design Professional’s approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Design Professional of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Design Professional has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, by the Design Professional’s approval thereof. i. The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Design Professional on previous submittals. In the absence of such notice, the Design Professional’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. i. Copies of all approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals shall be preserved in an orderly manner and delivered by the Contractor to the Owner upon Final Completion. j. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. i. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor, the Owner and the Design Professional will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional who shall comply with reasonable requirements of the Owner regarding qualifications and insurance. Shop Drawings, and other submittals related to the Work, designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to the Design Professional. The Owner and the Design Professional shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Design Professional have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.j, the Design Professional will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. ii. If the Contract Documents require the Contractor’s design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria, the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Owner and the Design Professional at the time and in the form specified by the Design Professional. Section 3.13 Use of Site, Delivery and Storage a. The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities, and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. b. The Contractor shall coordinate the Contractor’s operations with, and secure the approval of, the Owner before using any portion of the site. c. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to, all persons at the Project site; all property at the Project site; and all persons or property adjacent thereto, which includes, but is not limited to, the all the following duties and acknowledgments: .1 The Contractor acknowledges the Project site comprises and/or may be adjacent to existing structures and that these site areas may be occupied during the performance of some portions of this Contract; .2 The Work shall be performed, to the fullest extent reasonably possible, in such a manner that public areas adjacent to the site of the Work shall be free from all debris, building materials, and equipment likely to cause interference with adjacent stakeholders or create hazardous conditions; .3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the mitigation and/or abatement of all noise, dust, fumes, traffic or other by-product of construction activity that, in the opinion of the Owner or the Design Professional, have an adverse affect on the quality of life or productivity for Project stakeholders, the Owner’s current operations, or the Owner's employees. Such mitigation and/or abatement shall be performed in manner and with a result completely and wholly acceptable to the Owner and Design Professional; .4 The Contractor shall control its personnel and the Subcontractors on site, especially regarding the use of alcohol or profanity, dressing in an inappropriate manner, parking in an inappropriate place, or other activities deemed to be inappropriate, to the satisfaction of the Owner and Design Professional. Repeat offenses will cause the Owner or Design Professional to require, through the Contractor, the temporary or permanent removal of the offending individuals, Subcontractor(s) or Sub-subcontractor(s) from the site; .5 The Contractor shall, at a minimum, secure the site by erecting and maintaining a 6'-0" chain link fence around the perimeter of the construction site. This fence shall remain intact until such time the site becomes secure in the opinion of the Contractor, as a result of construction progress (by way of example, and without limitation, completion of site grading and backfill, installation of doors and windows, etc.); .6 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain sufficient sanitary facilities for its own forces and those of any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. The facilities of any existing, nearby buildings will not be available for construction use; and .7 The Contractor is advised that the project site area is subject to, among other inclement weather, unpredictable and high winds. When all or a portion of the Work is suspended for any reason, the Contractor shall securely fasten down all coverings and stored materials on site and fully protect the Work, as necessary, from injury or damage by any cause and to prevent possible damage caused by flying materials and debris. d. The Contractor shall ensure that the Work, at all times, is performed in a manner that affords reasonable access, both vehicular and pedestrian, to the site of the Work and all adjacent areas, which includes, but is not limited to, all of the following duties: .1 The access to the site shall be maintained in compliance with all local, state, and Federal code and life safety requirements for ingress by first responders and other similar emergency requirements; .2 The Contractor shall inform the Owner, Design Professional and any officials referenced in Section 3.13.f in writing a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days prior to any disruption of access, specifically and graphically showing the nature of the disruption, as well as the hours it will be disrupted. Such disruption will be subject to Owner’s and Design Professional’s approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld; .3 The Owner shall be responsible for snow removal to the limits of the construction site only so far that the Contractor will have access to the entrance to the construction area; and .4 Snow removal within the limits of work and/or for the purpose of performing and protecting work by individual contractors is the duty of the Contractor. e. During the performance of the Work, the Contractor, its Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, suppliers and their employees agree they shall: .1 Use such entrances to the construction site that may be designated by the Owner; .2 Perform the Work at such times of the day and days of the week as may be designated by the Owner; and .3 Accept that these entrances and times may be reviewed and changed from time to time by the Owner. f. The Contractor shall notify all public utility companies a minimum of two (2) business days prior to the commencement of any work by it or its Subcontractors in the vicinity of the utilities. No work shall commence until the utilities have been located and staked by the utility company or written consent from the Owner to proceed has been given to the Contractor. If the utility service must be interrupted, the Contractor shall, at Contractor’s sole cost and expense, notify the head of the local administrative services (by way of example only, and without limitation, the city manager, the mayor, the city or county clerk, etc. as applicable) and the utility users affected by the interruption. Such notice shall consist of direct written communication, publication in a local newspaper, and/or announcement on local radio or television stations, whichever is most reasonably calculated to give the most effective notice to such utility users. g. The Contractor shall exercise due diligence in seeing that all equipment, material, and supplies are delivered in advance of the time they are needed on the job and shall properly store and protect same at the Contractor’s expense. h. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Contractor shall take all necessary measures to store materials on site for which payment has been requested by the Contractor or been made by the Owner so that they shall not deteriorate, be damaged or be stolen, which includes, but is not limited to, all the following: .1 Only materials and equipment that are to be used directly in the Work shall be brought to and stored on the Project site by the Contractor; .2 Protection of construction materials and equipment stored at the Project site from fire, weather, burglary, pilferage, vandalism and mischief, damage, and all other adversity; and the care and protection of materials and Work installed in the building is solely the responsibility of the Contractor; .3 The Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for the restoration of damaged Work and replacement of damaged or stolen materials at no additional cost to the Owner; and .4 After equipment is no longer required for the Work, it shall be promptly removed from the Project site. i. The Contractor shall not deliver any materials to the site which are not to be installed by same Contractor without fifteen (15) day’s advance notice in writing to the Owner of the location, date, and time of such delivery to allow proper coordination. Such materials shall be received jointly by a representative of the Contractor and a representative of the Owner, who shall agree, and the Contractor shall document such agreement in writing: .1 The materials delivered are undamaged, or if damaged, such damage is documented by digital photo(s); .2 They are in the quantities shown on the purchase order, invoice or bill of lading accompanying the shipment or delivery or otherwise provided; .3 The storage conditions are adequate for the purposes; and .4 The Contractor has accepted responsibility for insurance and ongoing protection per Section 10.2 for such material until it is released to a third party authorized in writing by the Owner to receive it. Section 3.14 Cutting and Patching a. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting, or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting, or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting, or patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. b. The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting, patching, or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold, from the Owner or a Separate Contractor, its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. Section 3.15 Cleaning Up a. The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract and shall be responsible for daily clean-up of construction materials and dust control. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from and about the Project and shall clean all glass surfaces and leave the Work "broom clean", or its equivalent, except as otherwise specified. b. If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. Section 3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Design Professional and their representatives with access to the Work in preparation and progress at all times wherever located, and shall provide proper and safe facilities for such access. Section 3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall defend and hold the Owner and Design Professional harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications, or other documents prepared by the Owner or Design Professional. However, if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by, or made known to, the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Design Professional. Section 3.18 Indemnification a. CONTRACTOR DOES HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE ALL CLAIMS, RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CITATIONS, CLAIMS, COSTS, DAMAGES, DEMANDS, EXPENSES, FINES, JUDGMENTS, LIABILITY, LOSSES, PENALTIES, SUITS OR CAUSES OF ACTION OF EVERY KIND INCLUDING ALL EXPENSES OF LITIGATION AND/OR SETTLEMENT, COURT COSTS AND ATTORNEY FEES WHICH MAY ARISE BY REASON OF INJURY TO OR DEATH OF ANY PERSON OR FOR LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, OR LOSS OF USE OF ANY PROPERTY OCCASIONED BY ERROR, OMISSION, OR NEGLIGENT ACT OF CONTRACTOR, ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, ANY OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OF CONTRACTOR OR ANY SUBCONTRACTORS, INVITEES, AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTIES OR PERSONS FOR WHOM OR WHICH CONTRACTOR IS LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE, IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, RESULTING FROM, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT, AND CONTRACTOR WILL AT ITS OWN COST AND EXPENSE DEFEND AND PROTECT OWNER FROM ANY AND ALL SUCH CLAIMS AND DEMANDS. CONTRACTOR DOES HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE ALL CLAIMS, RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CITATIONS, CLAIMS, COSTS, DAMAGES, DEMANDS, EXPENSES, FINES, JUDGMENTS, LIABILITY, LOSSES, PENALTIES, SUITS OR CAUSES OF ACTION OF EVERY KIND INCLUDING ALL EXPENSES OF LITIGATION AND/OR SETTLEMENT, COURT COSTS AND ATTORNEY FEES FOR INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OF ANY EMPLOYEE, AGENT OR REPRESENATIVE OF CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE CITATIONS, CLAIMS, COSTS, DAMAGES, DEMANDS, EXPENSES, FINES, JUDGMENTS, LIABILITY, LOSSES, PENALTIES, SUITS OR CAUSES OF ACTION ARISE IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF INDEMNITEES. IT IS THE EXPRESS INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS PARAGRAPH IS AN INDEMNITY BY CONTRACTOR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE OWNER FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF OWNER’S NEGLIGENCE, WHETHER THAT NEGLIGENCE IS A SOLE OR CONCURRING CAUSE OF THE INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OF CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEE OR EMPLOYEE OF ANY OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS. IN ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AGAINST ANY PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER BY ANY EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUB-CONTRACTOR, ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREIN PROVIDED SHALL NOT BE LIMITED IN ANY WAY BY ANY LIMITATION ON THE AMOUNT OR TYPE OF DAMAGES, COMPENSATION OR BENEFITS PAYABLE BY OR FOR THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY SUB- CONTRACTOR UNDER WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION OR OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ACTS. INDEMNIFIED ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, COURT COSTS AND SETTLEMENT COSTS, INCURRED BY AN INDEMNIFIED INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY IN ATTEMPTING TO ENFORCE THIS INDEMNITY. THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT REQUIRED TO INDEMNIFY OR DEFEND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, ANY LICENSED ENGINEER, OR AN AGENT, SERVANT, OR EMPLOYEE OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OR LICENSED ENGINEER FROM LIABILITY THAT MAY ARISE FROM DEFECTS IN THE PLANS, DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL OR LICENSED ENGINEER IN THE RENDITION OR CONDUCT OF PROFESSIONAL DUTIES ARISING FROM THE CONTRACT AND THE PLANS DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AS SET FORTH IN CHAPTER 130 OF THE TEXAS CIVIL PRACTICE AND REMEDIES CODE. b. THE CONTRACTOR’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 3.18 SHALL ALSO SPECIFICALLY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL FINES, PENALTIES, DAMAGES, LIABILITY, SAFETY VIOLATIONS, COSTS, EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES), AND PUNITIVE DAMAGES, IF ANY, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY: .1 VIOLATION OF OR FAILURE COMPLY WITH ANY LAW, STATUTE, ORDINANCE, RULE, REGULATION, CODE OR REQUIREMENT OF A PUBLIC AUTHORITY THAT BEARS UPON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR, A SUBCONTRACTOR OR ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FOR WHOM EITHER IS RESPONSIBLE; .2 MEANS, PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OR SEQUENCES OF EXECUTION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK; AND .3 FAILURE TO SECURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS, FEES, APPROVALS, LICENSES, AND INSPECTION AS REQUIRED UNDER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR ANY VIOLATION OF ANY PERMIT OR OTHER APPROVAL OF A PUBLIC AUTHORITY APPLICABLE TO THE WORK, BY THE CONTRACTOR, A SUBCONTRACTOR, OR ANY PERSON OR ENTITY FOR WHOM EITHER IS RESPONSIBLE. c. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS ALL OF THE INDEMNITEES SET OUT IN SECTION 3.18.a FROM AND AGAINST ANY COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES) INCURRED BY ANY OF THE INDEMNITEES IN ENFORCING ANY OF THE CONTRACTOR’S DEFENSE, INDEMNITY, AND HOLD-HARMLESS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS CONTRACT. Article 4. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL Section 4.1 General a. The Design Professional is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.b and identified as such in the Agreement. b. Duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Design Professional as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified, or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor, and Design Professional. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Section 4.2 Administration of the Contract a. The Design Professional will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner’s representative during construction until the date the Design Professional issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Design Professional will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. b. The Design Professional will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, as the Work progresses and when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Design Professional will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Design Professional will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.a. c. On the basis of the site visits, the Design Professional will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and promptly report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2) known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Design Professional will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Design Professional will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of, the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. i. NEITHER THE OWNER NOR THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL NOR THE OWNER’S OTHER CONSULTANTS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR THE SAFETY PROGRAM(S) DEVELOPED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THE SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY, OR FOR COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTES, RULES, REGULATIONS, AND ORDERS APPLICABLE TO CONDUCT THE WORK. SHOULD ANY CONTRACTOR OR THEIR SUBCONTRACTOR(S), OR THE SUB- SUBCONTRACTOR(S) MAKE A CLAIM AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES, OR SHOULD THEY OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY BRING ANY ACTION OR LEVY ORAND FINE OR PENALTY AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES ON ACCOUNT OF ANY SAFETY-RELATED DAMAGE OR VIOLATION OF LAW ALLEGED TO HAVE BEEN SUSTAINED, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT IT WILL HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS AGAINST ANY SUCH VIOLATION, FINE, CLAIM OR SUIT, AND THAT IT WILL REIMBURSE THE INDEMNITEES THE COST OF DEFENDING SUCH SUIT, AND IF ANY JUDGMENT AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES ARISES THEREFROM, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY OR SATISFY IT AND SHALL PAY ALL COSTS INCURRED BY THE INDEMNITEES. d. Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Design Professional in all communications about the Design Professional’s services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Design Professional of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Design Professional’s consultants shall be through the Design Professional. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. i. Failure of Contractor to give the Owner or Design Professional written notice of Contractor’s objections, within three (3) business days, to directives, instructions, interpretations, or minutes from the Owner or Design Professional, shall constitute final and conclusive consent on the part of the Contractor to such directives, instructions, interpretations, or minutes of the Owner or Design Professional. ii. Any written notice from the Owner or Design Professional to the Contractor shall be sufficiently given when delivered to the last known business address of the Contractor, or to its registered or authorized agent, representative, or officer. Any written notice from the Contractor to the Owner shall be sufficiently given when personally delivered to the Owner’s Office, Attn: Project Manager, or at such other address and to the attention of such person as the Owner may from time to time designate in writing. e. Based on the Design Professional’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Design Professional will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. f. The Design Professional has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Design Professional considers it necessary or advisable, the Design Professional will have the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.b and 13.4.c, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Design Professional nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Design Professional to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. g. The Design Professional will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Design Professional’s action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Design Professional or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Design Professional’s professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Design Professional’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 1.2, 3.2.a, 3.3, 3.5, 3.12, and 13.9. The Design Professional’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Design Professional’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. h. The Design Professional will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Design Professional will investigate and make recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.d. i. The Design Professional will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. j. If the Owner and Design Professional agree, the Design Professional will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Design Professional’s responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. k. The Design Professional will interpret matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Design Professional’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. l. Interpretations of the Design Professional will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations, the Design Professional will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. m. The Design Professional’s opinions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be considered by the Owner when making the Owner’s determination on these issues and the Owner’s decision will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Such Owner’s determination shall be communicated through the Design Professional. n. The Design Professional will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Design Professional’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Design Professional will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. Article 5. SUBCONTRACTORS Section 5.1 Definitions a. A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term “Subcontractor” does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. b. A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Sub-subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. Section 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work a. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Design Professional of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Design Professional may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Design Professional (1) has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Design Professional to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. b. The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Design Professional has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. c. If the Owner or Design Professional has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Design Professional has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. d. The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person, or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Design Professional makes reasonable objection to such substitution. e. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner an executed copy of all subcontracts, purchase orders, and other agreements relating to the Work. f. The Contractor shall not sublet the Work as a whole. The approval of subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor from full responsibility. Section 5.3 Subcontractual Relations a. By appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor’s Work, which the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner , the Owner’s other consultants and Design Professional. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner , the Owner’s other consultants, and Design Professional under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available for review for each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. Notwithstanding the above, all Agreements with the Owner shall have all references to compensation redacted before disclosing to Subcontractors, sub-Subcontractors, or any other tier of vendor. b. All subcontracts shall be in writing in form and substance substantially similar to the Contractor’s standard form subcontract, attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as an Exhibit, and shall specifically provide that the Owner is an intended third-party beneficiary of such subcontract. The Contractor’s subcontractors, however, are not intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement by pass through, assignment, or otherwise, except as provided in the Contract Documents, and the Owner shall not be bound to Contractor’s subcontract agreements. c. Whenever the Contractor receives payment pursuant to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make payments to each of its Subcontractors of any amounts actually received which were included in the Contractor’s Application for Payment to the Owner for such subcontracts unless otherwise allowed to withhold payment by the terms and conditions of the subcontract or as allowed by law. The Contractor shall make such payments within ten (10) days of receipt of payment from the Owner in the same manner as the Owner is required to pay the Contractor under the Contract Documents if the Subcontractor is satisfactorily performing under its contract with the Contractor. Such payments from Owner to Contractor shall be imposed with an express trust to assure that payment is made to all Project Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers. In addition to the express trust imposed upon such funds and the fiduciary duties incumbent upon the Contractor, Texas Property Code Chapter 162 shall apply. d. The Contractor shall monitor the Subcontractors, who shall pay all suppliers, Sub-subcontractors, laborers, and any other persons who provide goods, materials, labor, or equipment to the Subcontractor any amounts actually received which were included in the Subcontractor’s request for payment to the Contractor for such persons, within ten (10) days of receipt of payment from the Contractor. The construction payments made by the Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be trust funds as set forth in Chapter 162 of the Texas Property Code. If the Subcontractor fails to make such payments in the required manner, the Subcontractor shall pay said suppliers, Sub- subcontractors, and laborers interest as set forth in Chapter 162 of the Texas Property Code. e. At the time the Subcontractor submits a request for payment to the Contractor, the Subcontractor shall also submit to the Contractor a list of the Subcontractor’s suppliers, Sub-subcontractors, and laborers. The Contractor shall be relieved of the requirements of this Section regarding payment in ten (10) days and interest payments until the Subcontractor submits such list. If the Contractor fails to make timely payments to the Subcontractor as required by this Section, the Contractor shall pay the Subcontractor interest as calculated under the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code. Nothing in this Section 5.3 shall be construed to affect the retention provisions of any contract. f. The provisions of this Section 5.3 shall be made a part of each contract between the Contractor and each Subcontractor, either expressly or by incorporation by reference to this Section of the Contract Documents. Section 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts a. Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work may be assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the subcontract. b. If the Work in connection with a subcontract has been suspended for more than thirty ( 30 ) days, after termination of the Contract by the Owner pursuant to Section 14.2 and the Owner accepts assignment of such subcontract, the Subcontractor’s compensation shall be equitably adjusted for any increase in direct verifiable costs incurred by such Subcontractor as a result of the suspension. c. Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, including the performance bond Surety’s takeover or completion contractor, which shall relieve the Owner of any legal responsibility under the subcontract. d. Each subcontract shall specifically provide that the Owner shall only be responsible to the Subcontractor for those obligations that accrue subsequent to the assignment of the Subcontractor to the Owner after suspension and termination of the Contract, as provided in this Section 5.4. This Section 5.4 shall be construed to prohibit a pass through or assignment of rights, unless authorized by the Owner in writing Section 5.5 Owner Payments to Subcontractors a. In the event of any default hereunder by the Contractor, or in the event the Owner or Design Professional fails to approve any Application for Payment that is not the fault of a Subcontractor, the Owner may make direct payment to the Subcontractor, less appropriate retainage. In that event, the amount paid the Subcontractor shall be deducted from the payment to the Contractor. b. Nothing contained herein shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner to make any payments to any Subcontractor, and no payment by the Owner to any Subcontractor shall create any obligation to make any further payments to any Subcontractor. Article 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Section 6.1 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts a. The term “Separate Contractor(s)” shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and with Separate Contractors in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. b. When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term “Contractor” in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. c. The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner until subsequently revised. d. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces or with Separate Contractors, the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6, and Articles 10, 11, and 12. e. The Contractor accepts assignment of, and liability for, all purchase orders and other agreements for procurement of materials and equipment that are listed in and identified as part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for such pre-purchased items, if any, as if the Contractor were the original purchaser. The Contract Sum includes, without limitation, all costs and expenses in connection with delivery, storage, insurance, installation, and testing of items covered in any assigned purchase orders or agreements. All warranty and correction of the Work obligations under the Contract Documents shall also apply to any pre-purchased items, unless the Contract Documents specifically provide otherwise. Section 6.2 Mutual Responsibility a. The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. b. If part of the Contractor’s Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify the Design Professional of any apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor’s Work. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Design Professional of these apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or Separate Contractor’s completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s Work. c. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. d. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.e. e. The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. f. Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause damage to the work or property of any Separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement or otherwise to resolve the dispute. If such Separate Contractor sues or initiates a judicial proceeding against the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor’s expense. The Owner may fund the defense of such proceedings contemplated by this Section but, in any event, if any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay to satisfy it to the extent of Contractor’s responsibility. g. SHOULD ANY SUCH SEPARATE CONTRACTOR WRONGFULLY DELAYED OR DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR PERSONS FOR WHOM THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE PER SECTION 6.2.f MAKE A CLAIM AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES, OR BRING ANY ACTION AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES, ON ACCOUNT OF THE DAMAGE ALLEGED TO HAVE BEEN SO SUSTAINED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS AND DEFEND THEM AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIM OR SUIT, AND SHALL REIMBURSE TO THE INDEMNITEES THE COST INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE, ADDITIONAL ATTORNEY’S FEES INCURRED DEFENDING SUCH SUIT, AND IF ANY JUDGMENT AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES ARISES THERE FROM, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY OR SATISFY IT AND SHALL PAY ALL COSTS INCURRED BY THE INDEMNITEES. h. Should the Contractor be caused damage by any Owner’s Separate Contractor(s)’s work, by reason of such Owner’s Separate Contractor’s failure to perform properly under its contract with the Owner, no action will lie against the Owner, and the Owner shall have no liability therefor, but the Contractor may assert its claims for damages directly against such Owner’s Separate Contractor and the Owner shall reasonably assist the Contractor. by assign such rights to Contractor, unless otherwise prohibited under Texas law. i. Inasmuch as the completion of the building within the prescribed time is dependent very largely upon the close and active cooperation of all those engaged therein, it is, therefore expressly understood and agreed that each contractor shall lay out and install its work at such time(s) and in such manner as to not delay or interfere with the carrying forward of the work of the other contractors. j. Where the work of one contractor directly affects the conditions of the work of another contractor including, as examples only, and not limited to, providing shoring for backfilling, providing protective covering for painting, providing adequate bracing of door jambs, etc., the contractor performing the work which will adversely affect another contractor’s work shall be responsible for providing adequate protection based upon methods used to perform its work. Section 6.3 Owner’s Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor, Separate Contractors, or the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Design Professional will allocate the cost among those responsible, which allocation shall be final. Article 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Section 7.1 General a. Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. b. A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor, and Design Professional. A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Design Professional and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and reasonably inferable from the intent of the Contract Documents may be issued by the Design Professional alone. c. Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or order for a minor change in the Work. Except as permitted in Section 7.3 or as otherwise provided herein, a change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time shall be accomplished only by Change Order. Accordingly, no course of conduct or dealings between the parties, nor express or implied acceptance of alterations or additions to the Work, and no claim that Owner has been unjustly enriched by any alteration of or addition to the Work, whether or not there is, in fact, any unjust enrichment to the Work, shall be the basis of any claim to an increase in any amounts due under the Contract Documents or a change in any time period provided for in the Contract Documents. Section 7.2 Change Orders a. A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Design Professional and signed by the Owner, Contractor, and Design Professional stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. b. Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Sections 7.3.c, 7.3.g and 7.3.j. c. Agreement on any Change Order constitutes a final settlement of all past and future claims, at law or in equity, concerning all matters relating to the change in the Work that is the subject of the Change Order, including, but not limited to, delays, all direct and indirect costs, any claim for damages associated with such change, and any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the construction schedule. d. Change Orders Requiring City Council Approval The Contract Sum may not be increased because of a Change Order unless additional money for increased costs is appropriated for that purpose from available funds or is provided for by the authorization of the issuance of time warrants. The approval of the Denton City Council is required if a Change Order involves a decrease or an increase of $50,000.01 or more. The original Contract Sum also may not be increased under this Section 7.2 by more than twenty-five percent (25.0%) over the entire duration of the Project. The original Contract Sum may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent (25%) over the entire duration of the Project for any reason; nor may it be decreased by more than twenty-five percent (25%) without the consent of the Contractor, as provided in Texas Local Government Code Sec. 252.048. After the Change Order is submitted by the Contractor under this Section 7.2, the additional time required to obtain City Council approval shall not be factored into any past or future claim for delays or calculated as a part of the Change Order request. Section 7.3 Construction Change Directives a. A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Design Professional and signed by the Owner and Design Professional, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. b. A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. c. If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.d. d. If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Design Professional shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit calculated using the sum of the actual costs allowed in Sections 7.3.d.1 through 7.3.d.5, and using the percentages as set forth in Section 7.3.l below. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.c, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Design Professional may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.d shall be limited to the following: .1 Costs of labor, including applicable payroll taxes, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers’ compensation insurance, and other employee costs approved by the Design Professional; .2 Costs of materials, supplies, and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use, or similar taxes, directly related to the change; and .5 Additional, verifiable payroll and subsistence costs incurred by the Contractor, Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor of field personnel directly attributable to the change. e. If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. f. Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Design Professional of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. g. A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. h. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Design Professional. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. i. Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Design Professional will make an interim recommendation for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Design Professional recommends, in the Design Professional’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Design Professional’s interim recommendation of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. j. When the Owner and Contractor agree with a recommendation made by the Design Professional concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Design Professional will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. k. If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Design Professional for determination. The Design Professional may consult with the Owner in connection with such determination either at the direction of the Owner or at the Design Professional’s discretion. If the Contractor does not ultimately agree with the Design Professional’s determination, the Contractor may assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. l. In Subparagraph 7.3.d, the allowance for the combined total of onsite and offsite overhead and profit included in the total cost to the Owner shall be based on the following schedule: .1 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor’s own forces, fee percentage of the Cost of Work stated in Section 5.1.a of the Stipulated Sum Agreement plus actual direct jobsite costs associated with the additional work, if any; .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor, fee percentage of the Cost of Work stated in the Stipulated Sum Agreement, if any, plus actual direct jobsite costs associated with the additional work, if any; .3 For each Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor involved, for Work performed by that Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor’s own forces, ten percent (10%) of the cost; .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by the Subcontractor’s Sub- subcontractors, five percent (5%) of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor; .5 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.3.d; .6 Under no circumstance shall costs of the Contractor’s supervisory, management, administrative or other office personnel, regardless of where stationed, be paid as cost of the Work under 7.3.d Conversely, the Contractor shall be compensated for their labor within the overhead and profit percentage specified in this Section 7.3.l; .7 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can immediately be seen by inspection, shall be accomplished by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials, and subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above. Where major cost items are subcontracts, they shall be itemized also; .8 When both additions and credits are involved in any change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase or decrease, if any; and .9 Overtime, when specifically authorized by the Owner and not as a requirement for the Contractor to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, shall be paid for by the Owner on the basis of premium payment only, plus the cost of insurance and taxes based on the premium payment period. Overhead and profit will not be paid by the Owner for overtime. Section 7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Design Professional may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Design Professional’s order for minor changes shall be in writing. If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the Design Professional and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work. If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Design Professional’s order for a minor change without prior notice to the Design Professional that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. Section 7.5 Supporting Information Notwithstanding the above, requests for an adjustment in the Contract Sum or adjustment in the Contract Time shall be in a form and accompanied by supporting information with a level of detail wholly acceptable to the Owner and Design Professional. The Contractor shall also comply with all provisions of Articles 8 and 15 with respect to claims. The required information shall be provided by the Contractor in less than twenty-one (21) days from the Contractor’s request for an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Failure to timely provide this information in the proper form may be, in and of itself, grounds for rejection of the request, at the sole discretion of the Owner or Design Professional. Article 8. TIME Section 8.1 Definitions a. Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. b. The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. c. The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Design Professional in accordance with Section 9.8. d. The term “day” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. Section 8.2 Progress and Completion a. Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. b. The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a Notice to Proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five (5) days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of any additional necessary documents. c. Attention is directed to the fact that the Work is urgently needed by the Owner; for this reason it shall be agreed that the Contractor will substantially complete all Work under the Contract within the time established in the Contract Documents and the most recently approved Contractor’s Project Schedule. The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in the Contract Documents; carry the Work forward with adequate resources; furnish, without limitation such labor, supervision, materials, facilities, and equipment; and work such hours, including night shifts, overtime operations, and Sundays and/or holidays, as may be necessary to ensure the progress and completion of both the Work and the Project as reflected by the most recently approved Contractor’s Project Schedule. d. The Contractor shall achieve specific Contractual Milestone dates (if any), Substantial Completion, and Final Completion within the times stated in the Contract Documents, and such dates shall be adhered to and shall be the last acceptable dates for completion of Work required for those milestones and completions, unless and until modified by the Owner in writing. e. The Contractor understands and agrees that all Work must be performed in an orderly and closely coordinated sequence so that the dates for Contractual Milestones (if any), Substantial Completion, and Final Completion, may be met by the both the Contractor as well as the respective Separate Contractors. f. The Contractor shall also complete the Work in all of its details for final acceptance as expeditiously as possible after Substantial Completion. g. The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. Section 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time a. If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by (1) an act or neglect of the Owner or Design Professional, of an employee of either, or of a Separate Contractor; (2) by changes ordered in the Work; (3) by labor disputes, fire, implementation of Federal law or policies, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.f.ii, or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control; (4) by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation; or (5) by other causes that the Design Professional recommends may, justify delay, then the Contract Time may be extended for such reasonable time as the Owner may determine. b. Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. c. This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. d. Any claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner and Design Professional not more than ten (10) days after commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable effect of such delay on the progress of work within five (5) days of the first date the Contractor should reasonably be expected to have calculated the impact of such delay, but in no event more than fifteen (15) days after the commencement of the delay, with weekly updates to the impact if the delay is of an ongoing nature. e. Extensions of the Contract Time will be made for delays due to weather conditions only when such conditions are more severe and extended than those reflected by the ten (10) year average for the month as evidenced by the National Climatic Data Center’s (NCDC’s) Surface Data US at http://gis.ncdc.noaa.gov/ website/ims-cdo/sod/viewer.htm or other data as mutually agreed by the Owner and Contractor for the Project area. f. In allowing delays for weather, the Owner will be entitled to consider weather conditions prevailing throughout the entire Contract period. The Owner and Contractor will together reconcile actual working days lost and gained over the entire Contract period every ninety (90) days. The Contractor shall then adjust the schedule activities accordingly for both the Contractor’s weather float reserves and Owner’s float reserves where those activities are carried in the Contractor’s Project Schedule (if any).Extensions of time due to weather or other allowable reasons will be granted on the basis of one-and-four-tenths (1.4) calendar days credit for every working day lost, with each separate extension figured to the nearest whole calendar day. g. The extension of the contract completion time for weather conditions will occur only in the event that the weather in question affected critical activities on the most current Contractor’s Construction Schedule, and at least one half of the work force allocated to that item of work was also adversely affected by the same weather conditions. Section 8.4 Contractor’s Obligations After Delay a. If either the Work actually in place falls behind as reflected by the currently updated Master Project Schedule or Contractor’s Construction Schedule, or it becomes apparent or likely in the reasonable opinion of the Owner after consultation with the Design Professional that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time or in accordance with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule, due to delays caused by the Contractor or its subcontractors, the Contractor agrees it shall, as necessary, take some or all of the following actions (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Extraordinary Measures”) at no additional cost to the Owner or Design Professional, as required to substantially eliminate, in the judgment of the Owner, the backlog of Contractor’s Work on the Project: .1 Increase quantities of, without limitation, labor, supervision, material deliveries, equipment on site, and crafts as necessary; .2 Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per working day, working days per week, or any combination of the foregoing; .3 Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of accomplishment; and .4 Do whatever else is reasonably required by the Owner or Design Professional. b. These Extraordinary Measures shall continue until the progress of the Work complies with the stage of completion required by the Contract Documents. The Owner’s right to require Extraordinary Measures is solely for the purpose of ensuring the Contractor’s compliance with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule. c. In the event of a delay, the Owner Design Professional may also require the Contractor to immediately submit a Proposed Recovery Schedule as specified in Section 3.10.h above. If the Proposed Recovery Schedule is not satisfactory, the Design Professional may unilaterally establish a new Proposed Recovery Schedule acceptable to the Owner; issue it as a Construction Change Directive; and the Contractor shall comply therewith. The Owner may also require the Contractor to take any of the Extraordinary Measures to make up the lag in scheduled progress, all without additional cost to the Owner, or Design Professional. d. Failure of the Contractor to substantially comply with the requirements of this Section 8.4 shall be considered grounds for a determination by the Owner, after consultation with the Design Professional, that the Contactor is in breach of this Agreement by failing to prosecute the Work and that of the Project so as to ensure its completion within both the Contract Time and the updated Contractor’s Construction Schedule. e. Likewise, in the event the progress of the Project falls behind the predictions of the Master Project Schedule through no fault of the Contractor, the Owner or Design Professional may request, and the Contractor may agree to take one or more of the Extraordinary Measures, with the Owner bearing the cost for such measures by Change Order. f. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum in connection with Extraordinary Measures required by the Owner under or pursuant to this Section 8.4, except as specifically noted otherwise in Section 8.4.e. Section 8.5 Owner’s Rights After Delay a. In the event that any Contractor fails, or appears likely to fail, to complete a critical portion of Work on time or to complete a Contractual Milestone Date or completion date as evidenced by the most recently approved Contractor's Project Schedule, the Owner or the Design Professional shall have the right to impose any or all of the following options: .1 Require the Contractor to substantiate the capability to get back on schedule within ten (10) business days; .2 Require the Contractor to take some or all of the Extraordinary Measures, and do whatever else is required by the Owner or Design Professional until Contractor confirms, to the satisfaction of the Owner and Design Professional, the progress of the Work is in compliance and congruence with the most recently approved Contractor’s Construction Schedule, such measures being at no extra cost to Owner and Design Professional; .3 Withhold progress payment, or portions thereof, until such time as the Contractor is in compliance with the most recently approved Contractor's Project Schedule; and .4 Contact or visit the factory, plant or distribution center whose production or delivery schedule may be critical to the scheduled completion of a portion of the contract work, and expedite same, at Contractor's expense. Section 8.6 Liquidated Damages a. Should the Contractor fail to substantially complete the Work on, or before, the original date set forth in the Contract, or on or before the revised date as granted by extensions to Contract Time, the Owner may at its sole discretion permit the Contractor to proceed, and in such case, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, a sum as specified herein, for each and every calendar day that the Work shall remain uncompleted. This sum shall be considered, not as penalty, but as the cost(s) for substantial losses suffered by the public and the Owner. Liquidated damages are intended to compensate the Owner for the Contractor’s failure to meet the deadlines set forth herein, and shall not excuse the Contractor from liability from any other breach of requirements of the Contract Documents, including any failure of the Work to conform to applicable requirements. The Contractor agrees that the sums in Section 8.6.b are reasonable in light of the anticipated or actual harm caused by the breach, the difficulties of the proof of loss, and the inconvenience or nonfeasibility of otherwise obtaining an adequate remedy. Contractor further acknowledges and agrees that Liquidated Damages may be owing even though no termination has occurred. b. Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages to the Owner: the sums shown in the table below for each calendar day that expires after the date set forth in the Contract for Final Completion of the Work. First Week Late Second Week Late Third & Fourth Weeks Late Every Day After the Fourth Week Late $1000/day $1000/day $1000/day $1500/day c. The parties acknowledge, covenant, and agree that the daily basis and the amount set forth above for liquidated damages are reasonable because of the unique nature of the Project as a benefit to the public; the fact that inconvenience to the public will be one of the significant impacts of any failure by the Contractor to timely complete the Work; and that it is impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual losses which would accrue to the Owner and the public. d. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the Work, or any portion thereof, after the time fixed for its completion, shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the Contract. The Contractor acknowledges the Owner receives no benefits from early completion of the Project or the Work, therefore all rights, if any, to an early completion bonus or other increases in the Contract Sum for such early completion are hereby waived by the Contractor. Article 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Section 9.1 Contract Sum a. The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, is the maximum amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The Contract Sum may only be increased pursuant to a Change Order signed by the Owner. Completion of the Work is a condition precedent to Owner’s obligation to pay the full Contract Sum. b. If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. Section 9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a Stipulated Sum or the Cost of the Work, the Contractor shall meet with the Design Professional, at the Preconstruction Conference with a proposed Schedule of Values as specified in Section 3.10. The Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be reviewed by the Owner and Design Professional in the context of the Contractor’s proposed Construction Management Plan, including, but not limited to, the Contractor’s Construction Schedule therein. The values assigned to each work activity in the Schedule of Values should be generated by the projected earned value of the activities in the Contractor’s Construction Schedule, rounded to the nearest five dollars, and equal in aggregate to the Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s contract amount(s). The Schedule of Values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such additional data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner and Design Professional may require. This Schedule, of Values, unless objected to by the Owner or Design Professional, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. Section 9.3 Applications for Payment a. At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Design Professional an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the Schedule of Values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment that the Owner or Design Professional require, such as copies of requisitions, and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. The Application for Payment shall be notarized and include other documentation as reasonably required by the Owner; submitted electronically. i. As provided in Section 7.3.i, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim recommendations of the Design Professional, but not yet included in Change Orders. ii. Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. iii. Each Application for Payment shall be accompanied by the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner and Design Professional and in compliance with all applicable statutes: .1 A duly executed and acknowledged sworn statement showing all Subcontractors and material suppliers with whom the Contractor has entered into subcontracts, the amount of each such subcontract, the invoice from and the amount requested for any Subcontractor and material supplier in the requested Application for Payment, and the amount to be paid to the Contractor from such progress payment, together with similar sworn statements from all such Subcontractors and material suppliers; .2 Duly executed statutory conditional waivers of mechanics’ and material suppliers’ lien for progress payments with teach payment application; and appropriate statutory unconditional waivers of mechanics’ and material suppliers’ liens for progress payments; and appropriate statutory unconditional waivers for final payments from all Subcontractors and, when appropriate, from material suppliers and lower tier Sub-subcontractors establishing payment or satisfaction of payment of all amounts requested by the Contractor on behalf of such entities or persons in any previous Application for Payment; .3 An updated Contractor’s Construction Schedule per Section 3.10 clearly showing the actual progress of the Work for each activity against the Work previously scheduled to be completed during the period, and against targeted activities’ previously approved completion dates; and .4 With every Payment Request for the Work, contractor will submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. The parties hereto agree that any electronic copy of such affidavit shall be treated as an original for all intents and purposes; .4 If required by the Owner’s title insurer, if any, the Contractor shall execute a personal gap undertaking in form and substance satisfactory to such title insurer; and. .5 Notwithstanding the above, Applications for Payment shall be in a form and accompanied by supporting information with a level of detail wholly acceptable to the Design Professional, and shall include, at a minimum, an updated monthly Contractor’s Construction Schedule clearly and graphically comparing the actual “work-in-place” completed to the Work previously projected to be complete for the period. Failure to provide this information in the proper form may be, in and of itself, grounds for rejection of the Application for Payment, at the discretion of the Design Professional. b. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the stored materials and equipment which must be properly tagged as to material and job identification; must be available for inspection by the Design Professional; and such requests for payment must be accompanied by documentary evidence as specified, without limitation, in Sections 3.13 and 11.3, which supports the request’s validity; quantity and value of materials; proper material acceptance and storage; and including insurance on the materials as evidenced by a Certificate of Insurance or otherwise protects the Owner’s interests. Such request shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site, for such materials and equipment stored off the site. Such materials shall be: .1 Protected from diversion, destruction, theft, and damage to the satisfaction of the Owner, and the Lender; .2 Specifically marked for use on the Project; and .3 Segregated from other materials at the storage facility. c. The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the Contractor, whichever occurs. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances, in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons or entities that provided labor, materials, and equipment relating to the Work. d. THE CONTRACTOR FURTHER EXPRESSLY UNDERTAKES TO DEFEND THE INDEMNITEES, AT THE CONTRACTOR’S SOLE EXPENSE, AGAINST ANY ACTIONS, LAWSUITS, OR PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE INDEMNITEES AS A RESULT OF LIENS OR VERIFIED CLAIMS FILED AGAINST THE WORK, THE SITE OF ANY OF THE WORK, THE PROJECT SITE AND ANY IMPROVEMENTS THEREON, PAYMENTS DUE THE CONTRACTOR, THE PROJECT BOND OR ANY PORTION OF THE PROPERTY OF ANY OF THE INDEMNITEES (REFERRED TO COLLECTIVELY AS “LIENS OR VERIFIED CLAIMS” IN THIS SECTION 9.3.d). THE CONTRACTOR HEREBY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS AGAINST ANY SUCH LIENS OR VERIFIED CLAIMS AND AGREES TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT OR LIENS OR VERIFIED CLAIMS RESULTING FROM ANY SUCH ACTIONS, LAWSUITS, OR PROCEEDINGS. Section 9.4 Certificates for Payment a. The Design Professional will, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either (1) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor; or (2) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Design Professional recommends is properly due, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Design Professional’s reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.a; or (3) withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Design Professional’s reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.a. b. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Design Professional to the Owner, based on the Design Professional’s evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Design Professional’s knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by the Design Professional. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Design Professional has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. c. Certification will be issued for ninety-five percent (95%) of the amount requested by the Contractor and approved by the Design Professional to be properly due until the Contractor is ninety-five percent (95%) completed with the Work. Thereafter, the accumulated retainage may be held without additional retainage, except that, should the Contractor at any time fail to keep current with the approved progress schedule, fail to assure payment to Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors and suppliers as required hereunder; or fail to promptly and diligently correct Work that does not comply with the Contract Documents, certification of ninety-five percent (95%) shall automatically again become effective and shall apply as long as the Contractor lags behind such progress or fails to assure such payment. Section 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification a. The Design Professional may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Design Professional’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.b cannot be made. If the Design Professional is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Design Professional will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.a. If the Contractor and Design Professional cannot agree on a revised amount, the Design Professional will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Design Professional is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Design Professional may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Design Professional’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.b, because of any of the following: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims, unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and suppliers or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; .8 Contractor’s failure to obtain necessary permits or licenses or to comply with applicable codes, regulations, or other laws; .9 failure to fully execute the Contract with all associated documents as required; .10 bond claims, or liens, filed for any portion of the Work; or .11 failure of the Contractor to comply with any provisions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation Section 8.4. b. Omitted c. When the reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld less all associated damages, costs and expenses, suffered or accrued by the Owner or Design Professional. In the event the Design Professional nullifies a previously issued Project Certificate for Payment, and the Owner has, prior to such nullification, paid thereon, the Contractor shall promptly reimburse to the Owner amounts the latter had previously paid pursuant to the nullified project Certificate for Payment. Alternately, the Owner may withhold payment in any subsequent Application for Payment, until and unless the reasons for nullification of the previously issued project Certificate for Payment have been remedied and all associated damages, costs, and expenses of Owner and Design Professional have been paid by the Contractor. d. If the Design Professional withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.a.3, the Owner may, at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Design Professional and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. e. The Contractor shall not stop work or terminate the Contract if the Design Professional should refuse to issue any certificate because the Application for Payment does not conform with the requirements of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 or any other portion of these General Conditions, as supplemented herein. Section 9.6 Progress Payments a. After the Design Professional has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Design Professional. b. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor and supplier, no later than ten (10) days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor and supplier is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s, Sub-subcontractor’s and supplier’s portion of the Work, unless otherwise allowed by the provisions of the subcontract or by law. The Contractor shall notify Owner in advance and in writing of any payment(s) to be withheld from any Subcontractor. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor and supplier, require each to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors and suppliers in a similar manner. c. The Design Professional will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Design Professional and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. d. The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven (7) days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Design Professional shall have an obligation to pay, or to see to the payment of money to, a Subcontractor or supplier, except as may otherwise be required by law. e. The Contractor’s payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.b, 9.6.c and 9.6.d. f. A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of any Work. g. The Contractor shall not withhold from any Subcontractor sums due the Subcontractor for completed Work which has been paid for by the Owner unless allowed by the terms and conditions of the subcontract as stated in Section 5.3.C of the Agreement or by law. The Contractor shall notify Owner in advance and in writing of any payment(s) to be withheld from any Subcontractor. Sums withheld by the Owner from the Contractor for deficiencies solely attributable to the Contractor shall not be grounds for the Contractor to withhold sums due to any Subcontractor. All sums paid to the Contractor for labor, materials, or equipment for the Work or Project shall be considered trust funds to be used by the Contractor for payment to those persons to the extent providing labor, materials and/or equipment incorporated into the Work or Project. Payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. However, notwithstanding the above, nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. h. PROVIDED THE OWNER HAS FULFILLED ITS PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY THE OWNER FROM ALL LOSS, LIABILITY, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES AND LITIGATION EXPENSES, ARISING OUT OF ANY LIEN CLAIM OR OTHER CLAIM FOR PAYMENT BY ANY SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER OF ANY TIER. UPON RECEIPT OF NOTICE OF A LIEN CLAIM OR OTHER CLAIM FOR PAYMENT, THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY THE CONTRACTOR. IF APPROVED BY THE APPLICABLE COURT, WHEN REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE A SURETY BOND FOR THE PROPERTY AGAINST WHICH THE LIEN OR OTHER CLAIM FOR PAYMENT HAS BEEN ASSERTED. i. To the extent Contractor has received payment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Contractor agrees to keep the Work and the site of the Project and all project bonds free and clear of all bond claim and verified claims related to labor and materials furnished in connection with the Work. j. If the Owner is entitled to reimbursement or payment from the Contractor under or pursuant to the Contract Documents, such payment shall be made promptly upon demand by the Owner. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract Documents to the contrary, if the Contractor fails to promptly make any payment due the Owner, or if the Owner incurs any costs and expenses to cure any default of the Contractor or to correct defective Work, the Owner shall have an absolute right to offset such amount against the Contract Sum and may, at the Owner’s sole discretion, elect either to (i) deduct an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor from the Owner, or (ii) issue a written notice to the Contractor reducing the Contract Sum by an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled. Section 9.7 Failure of Payment If the Design Professional does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within the date established in the Contract Documents, the amount certified by the Design Professional, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7) additional days’ written notice to the Owner and Design Professional, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. Section 9.8 Substantial Completion a. “Substantial Completion” is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use, all major systems are operational, and all safety features are completed and Owner’s receipt of written confirmation after final inspections by the applicable electrical, plumbing, fire department, health department, and other local and state officials having jurisdiction, stating the project is ready for occupancy by the Owner. In addition to the other requirements of the Contract Documents, and without limitation, the Contractor must also have obtained the written approval and issuance of any occupancy permits required by the laws of local government(s) and the State of Texas before the Contractor shall be deemed to have achieved Substantial Completion. b. When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Design Professional a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor will also provide the Design Professional a comprehensive list of all claims previously and properly made in writing and identified by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of Substantial Completion. c. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Design Professional will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Design Professional’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Design Professional. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Design Professional to determine Substantial Completion. d. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Design Professional will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. e. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such acceptance, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. f. The Contractor’s acceptance of payment per Section 9.8.e shall constitute a waiver for all purposes of all claims or causes of action by the Contractor against the Owner and the Design Professional, except those previously and properly made in writing and identified in the list provided by the Contractor as unsettled at the time of Substantial Completion per Sections 9.8.b. Section 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use a. The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, as such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and required under Section 11.3 provided it is authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Design Professional as provided under Section 9.8.b. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Owner. b. Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor, and Design Professional shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. c. Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Section 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment a. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Design Professional will promptly make such inspection. When the Design Professional finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Design Professional will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Design Professional’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.b as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. All warranties and guarantees required under Section 3.5 or otherwise required pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be assembled and delivered by the Contractor to the Design Professional as part of the final Application for Payment. The final Certificate for Payment will not be issued by the Design Professional until all warranties and guarantees have been received and accepted by the Owner. “Final Completion” occurs when all the conditions of this Section and the Contract Documents are met as set forth herein. b. Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Design Professional and Owner; (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by the Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied; (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in full force after final payment is currently in effect; (3) a written statement satisfactory to the Owner that the insurance will cover the period required by the Contract Documents; (4) consent of surety to final payment; (5) if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract for Construction, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner and Owner’s lender; (6) certification by the Contractor that (i) all Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, (ii) the final Application for Payment includes all claims of the Contractor against the Owner arising in connection with the Project and constitutes a waiver and release of any and all claims not presented in that application except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims, and (iii) the Record Drawings maintained by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents and delivered to the Owner or Design Professional are complete and accurate in all respects; and (7)evidence of compliance with all requirements of the Contract Documents, such as notices, certificates, affidavits, or other requirements to complete obligations under the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, (i) instruction of the Owner’s representatives in the operation of mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other systems; (ii) delivery of keys to the Owner with keying schedule (master, submaster, and special keys); (iii) delivery to the Owner of the Contractor’s warranties as set forth in the Contract Documents and each written warranty and assignment thereof prepared in duplicate, certificates of inspections, and bonds for the Design Professional’s review and delivery to the Owner; (iv) delivery to the Owner of printed operating, servicing, maintenance and cleaning instructions for all Work (parts lists and special tools for mechanical and electrical work) in approved form; (v) delivery to the Owner of the Record Drawings; (vi) delivery to the Owner of a Final Waiver and Release of Liens covering all Work for itself and for each Subcontractor, vendor, and material supplier who furnished labor, materials, and services to the Work, executed by an authorized officer and duly notarized; (vii) delivery to the Owner of final waivers of lien from each subcontractor and material supplier who furnished labor, materials, and services to the Work, executed by their respective officers and duly notarized; and (viii) delivery of sales and use tax certificate number of the Contractor. In addition to the foregoing, all other submissions required by other Articles and Paragraphs of the Specifications and other Contract Documents shall be submitted to the Owner before approval of final payment. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner and Owner’s lender (if any), the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner and Owner’s lender (if any) to indemnify the Owner against such lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance. If a lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance, including all costs and attorneys’ fees. i. In addition to items listed in 9.10.b to be submitted before Final Payment will be made or remaining retainage released, Contractor shall deliver a permanent certificate of occupancy from local authorities having jurisdiction. c. If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Design Professional so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Design Professional, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed, corrected, and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Design Professional prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. d. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 bond claims, Claims, liquidated damages, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; .4 audits performed by the Owner, if permitted by the Contract Documents, after final payment; or .5 gross negligence, willful misconduct, or fraudulent concealment in connection with the performance of the Contract. e. Application for and acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a supplier, shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee against the Owner or Design Professional except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee arising after the waiver given at Substantial Completion payment described in Sections 9.8.b and 9.8.f. f. In addition to any other damages, failure of the Contractor to achieve final completion within sixty (60) days after the specified date of Substantial Completion, subject to authorized extensions, will result in the Contractor being responsible for excess Design Professional’s and other Owner’s consultant(s)’ fees beyond their original scope of services required to achieve final completion (“Excess Fees”). Excess Fees will be deducted from the amount due the Contractor. Article 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. Contractor’s and all Subcontractors' Safety Programs shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and all other applicable state, local, or federal laws or regulations. Section 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property a. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to all of the following: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody, or control of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a Sub-subcontractor; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. b. The Contractor shall comply with, and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities, bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury, or loss. c. The Contractor shall implement, erect, and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards; promulgating safety regulations; and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. The Contractor shall also be responsible, at the Contractor’s sole cost and expense, for all measures necessary to protect any property adjacent to the Project and improvements therein. Any damage to such property or improvements shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor. d. When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment, or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel, and the Contractor shall give the Owner and the Design Professional reasonable advance written notice of such planned activities. e. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.a.2 and 10.2.a.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub- subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.a.2 and 10.2.a.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Design Professional or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18. f. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Design Professional. g. The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. h. Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of the injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. i. The Contractor shall immediately report in writing to the Owner and Design Professional all accidents arising out of or in connection with the Work that cause death, personal injury, or property damage, giving full details and statements of any witnesses. In addition, if death, serious personal injuries, or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately electronically, as well as by telephone or messenger to the Owner and the Design Professional. Section 10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances a. Hazardous materials include any material in such quantity, concentration, and physical or chemical characteristics including, but not limited to, ignitability or toxicity, so as to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety and/or property if released into the atmosphere, transported, stored, or disposed of. The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Design Professional of the condition in writing. .1 For the purposes of this section, the following terms have the below meanings (however, each definition should be read as broadly as possible to incorporate similar hazardous materials or substances: Asbestos: any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Petroleum: Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), and including but not limited to oil, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. Hazardous Waste: any solid waste listed as hazardous or which possesses one or more hazardous characteristics. b. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Design Professional the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. The Contractor and the Design Professional will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Design Professional has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Design Professional have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order duly processed and approved, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately, and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shutdown, delay, and start-up, both as specified in Article 7. The term “rendered harmless” shall be interpreted to mean, without limitation that levels of hazardous materials, including, but not limited to, asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls, are less than any applicable exposure standards set forth in OSHA regulations. In no event, however, shall the Owner have any responsibility for any substance or material that is brought to the Project site by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any material supplier, or any entity for whom any of them is responsible. The Contractor agrees not to use any fill or other materials to be incorporated into the Work that are hazardous, toxic, or made up of any items that are hazardous or toxic. c. Omitted. d. The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor’s fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. e. Omitted. f. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY THE OWNER FOR THE COST AND EXPENSE THE OWNER INCURS (1) FOR REMEDIATION OF A MATERIAL OR SUBSTANCE THE CONTRACTOR BRINGS TO THE SITE AND NEGLIGENTLY HANDLES, OR (2) WHERE THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 10.3.a, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE COST AND EXPENSE ARE DUE TO THE OWNER’S FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE. Section 10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. Section 10.5 Site Visits Anyone other than the Owner’s designated representatives, the Design Professional, the Design Professional’s consultants, and the Owner’s other consultants visiting the job site who is not employed by a Contractor shall be required to register with the Contractor’s site office before proceeding onto the job site. Article 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS Section 11.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance a. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in Texas and as further qualified in Paragraph 11.6, such insurance as will protect the Contractor and the Indemnitees from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; including private entities performing Work at the site and exempt from the coverage on account of number of employees or occupation, which entities shall maintain voluntary compensation coverage at the same limits specified for mandatory coverage for the duration of the Project; .2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor’s employees; or persons or entities exempt by statute from the requirements of Section 11.1.a.1, but required by the Contract Documents to provide the insurance required by that Section; .3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor’s employees; .4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle, including pollution clean-up if hauling hazardous materials; and .7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations, which coverage shall be maintained for no less than ten (10) years following final payment. .8 Claims for damages to the Work, and/or materials and equipment used/stored at the Work, as may be covered under any Builder’s Risk insurance policy. b. The Contractor’s Commercial General Liability Insurance should be written on ISO Form CG 00 01 10 01 or its equivalent and provide the following: .1 Premises/operations (Including X-C-U coverages); .2 Independent contractors; .3 Products and completed operations with a per project aggregate limit, which coverage shall be maintained for a period of ten (10) years from the date of the Final Payment; .4 Personal injury (libel, slander, false arrest) liability with employment exclusion deleted; .5 Blanket Contractual, including, but not limited to, a specified provision for the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18 of the Contract Documents; .6 Broad form property damage including, but not limited to, completed operations; .7 Primary and Non-Contributory endorsement in favor of Indemnitees; and .8 Contain a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of Indemnitees. c. Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance is required for all licensed and certified professionals, including, but not limited to, contractors, engineers, Design Professionals, design- build and design professionals as follows: .1 The retroactive date preceding the date of the contract; and .2 An extended reporting period of three (3) years past substantial completion. d. Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor’s Required Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner shall, unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner, have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. e. The Contractor shall, for the protection and benefit of the Indemnitees and the Contractor and as part of the Contractor’s efforts to satisfy the obligations set forth in this Article 11, procure, pay for, and maintain in full force and effect, at all times during the performance of the Work until final acceptance of the Work; and for such duration as required in the Contract Documents; policies of insurance issued by a responsible carriers acceptable to the Owner, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner, that afford the coverages set forth in the Schedule of Insurance, attached to the Contract and made a part of it as Exhibit “YX” – Contractor’s Insurance Certificate(s). All such insurance shall be written on an occurrence basis, with the sole exception of Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance. In the event professional liability coverage is not available on “an occurrence” basis, a “claims made” basis policy with effective and retroactive dates prior to the effective date of the Contract Documents and an extended reporting period of at least three (3) years beyond Substantial Completion or as otherwise required by the Contract Documents, whichever is greater, may be substituted with the written consent and approval of the Owner and Design Professional. The Contractor’s completed operations coverage shall be maintained until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. f. The Contractor agrees to deliver to the Design Professional, for transmittal to the Owner with a copy to the Design Professional within ten (10) days of the date of the Owner-Contractor Agreement and prior to bringing any equipment or personnel onto the site of the Work or the Project site, and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance, certified copies of all required insurance policies procured by the Contractor under or pursuant to this Article 11 or, with the written consent of the Owner and Design Professional, Certificates of Insurance in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner and Design Professional evidencing the required coverages with limits not less than those specified in Section 11.1.k below and all endorsements as required in Article 11 herein. The coverage afforded under any insurance policy obtained under or pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall be primary to any valid and collectible insurance carried separately by any of the Indemnitees. Furthermore, all policies and Certificates of Insurance shall expressly provide that no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) shall be given the Design Professional and Owner in the event of material alteration, cancellation, nonrenewal or expiration of the coverage contained in such policy or evidenced by such certified copy or Certificate of Insurance. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.b and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.e. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. g. Certificates of Insurance with the following or similar wording are not acceptable: “Failure to notify the certificate holder shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the insurer, its agents or representatives.” h. In no event shall any failure of the Design Professional to receive certified copies or certificates of policies required under Paragraph 11.1.f or to demand receipt of such certified copies or certificates prior to the Contractor’s commencing the Work be construed as a waiver by the Owner of the Contractor’s obligations to obtain insurance pursuant to this Article 11. i. When any required insurance, due to the attainment of normal expiration date or renewal date, shall expire, the Contractor shall furnish to the Design Professional Certificates of Insurance and amendatory riders or endorsements that clearly evidence the continuation of all coverage in the same manner, limits of protection, and scope of coverage as was provided by the previous policy forty-five (45) days prior to renewal date. In the event any renewal or replacement policy, for whatever reason obtained or required, is written by a carrier other than that with whom the coverage was previously placed, or the subsequent policy differ in any way from the previous policy, the Contractor shall also furnish the Design Professional with a certified copy of the renewal or replacement policy unless the Owner provide the Contractor with prior written consent to submit only a Certificate of Insurance for any such policy. All renewal and replacement policies shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner and Design Professional and written by carriers acceptable to the Owner and Design Professional. j. Any Aggregate limit under the Contractor’s liability insurance, shall by endorsement, apply to this Project separately. k. The Contractor shall notify the Owner and Design Professional in writing of any reduction in collectible limits (aggregate limits) by an amount in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), and the Contractor shall promptly procure, at no expense to the Owner, such additional coverage as necessary to restore the valid and collectible limits of such insurance to that required under the Contract Documents. l. The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor to procure insurance congruent with the Contractor’s insurance requirements as specified in the Contract Documents and satisfactory to the Owner and Design Professional and name each of the Indemnitees as additional insureds under the Subcontractor’s commercial general liability, automobile and umbrella excess liability policies. The additional insured endorsement included on the Subcontractor’s commercial general liability policy shall state that coverage is afforded the additional insureds with respect to claims arising out of all on-going and completed operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor. Each policy shall contain a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the Indemnities, provide for forty- five (45) day notice of cancellation or non-renewal, and be primary without contribution if the additional insureds have other insurance that is applicable to the loss. If the additional insureds have other insurance that is applicable to the loss, such other insurance shall be on an excess or contingent basis. The amount of the insurer’s liability under this insurance policy shall not be reduced by the existence of such other insurance. m. The Indemnitees shall also be shown as “Additional Insureds” on the property, commercial general liability, automobile liability and umbrella (excess) liability policies and evidence of same must be included in Certificates of Insurance. Copies of policy endorsements must be provided listing the Indemnities as Additional Insureds, using ISO forms CG2010, CG2037, CA0070, CA0032 or their equivalents, and approved as to form by Owner. n. A “waiver of subrogation” clause in favor of the Owner will be attached to the workers compensation, commercial general liability, umbrella (excess) liability, automobile and the any applicable property insurance policies and evidence of same must be included in Certificates of Insurance. Copies of policy endorsements must be provided showing waivers of subrogation in favor of the Indemnities using ISO forms CG2404, CA0070, CA0032, WC0003 or their equivalents, and approved as to form by Owner. o. The Owner reserves the right to review the insurance requirements during the effective period of its Agreement with the Contractor, and provide a written request for the Contractor to make any reasonable and commercially available adjustments to insurance coverages and\or limits when deemed reasonably prudent by the Owner based upon its unilateral interpretation of changes in statutory law, court decisions or the Owner’s potential increase in exposure to loss. p. Neither Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, nor any of their insurance carrier’s liability obligations shall be limited to the minimum limits of coverage of insurance maintained or required to be maintained by the Contract Documents. Section 11.2 Owner’s Liability Insurance a. The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner’s usual liability insurance. Section 11.3 Property Insurance a. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain “builder’s risk” property insurance, or comparable coverage, for the full replacement cost value thereof, for (i) the Work that is to be done, (ii) all insurable items of Work, title to which has been acquired by Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents and (iii) all materials to be incorporated in the Work, if such materials are in or upon the Premises, or in transit to Premises, whether or not title has been acquired by Owner. Such insurance shall not cover any property owned, leased, or otherwise used in connection with the Work by Contractor, Contractor’s subcontractors or the agents or employees of them, that is not forming a permanent part of the Project. This insurance shall include the interests of Owner, Contractor, and Subcontractors and shall provide coverage against loss for “direct physical damage” (previously known as “all risk” coverage) including, but not limited to, without duplication of coverage, fire, extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, collapse, earthquake, flood, sprinkler leakage, windstorm, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition and increased cost of construction occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements. b. Any coverage related to the builder’s risk property insurance maintained by Contractor for time including delay in opening and/or extra expenses shall inure to the benefit of Owner only. Owner shall be the only party insured under such policy, with the sole exception that the Contractor may be entitled to payment of its fee and general conditions associated with the reconstruction, less any deductible. c. The Contractor’s insurance shall cover against loss for “direct physical damage” (previously known as “all risk” coverage) with sufficient limits to protect the full replacement cost value of the Work. d. If by the terms of the property insurance there is a deductible amount, in the event of a loss covered by such insurance, Contractor shall be responsible for all deductibles per occurrence which shall be considered a Cost of the Work for all insurable items of Work and materials to be incorporated in the Work, title to which has not been acquired by Owner in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except for Contractor’s deductible risk, Owner is bearing all risk of loss to the Property for which Owner, Contractor, and others have an insurable or financial interest during construction, and, in the event of a loss to the property during construction, Owner agrees to rely solely to the proceeds of the Builder’s Risk Insurance which Owner Contractor has agreed to furnish. e. To the extent permitted by law, Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, each of the other, and (2) Owner’s Separate Contractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section or other property insurance applicable to the Work. Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of Owner’s Separate Contractors, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees of any of them, by written appropriate agreement, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. f. To the degree allowed by the insurer, Owner and Contractor shall each have its policies endorsed to provide for a waiver of the right of subrogation against the other respective party. g. Any loss insured pursuant to this Section 11.3 Property Insurance is to be adjusted by Owner and made payable to Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by Contractor, and by appropriate written agreement, shall require each Subcontractor to make payments to its Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. h. Upon request, Owner shall make available for inspection by Contractor a copy of all policies to be furnished by Owner. Section 11.4 Performance, Maintenance, and Payment Bond a. The Contractor must furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. Such bonds shall be issued in an amount equal to the total Contract Sum by a surety company licensed in the state where the Project is located, with a current A.M. Best rating of at least A- X, included on the U.S. Treasury Department’s listing of approved sureties, and acceptable to the Owner and Design Professional, or as expressly agreed otherwise by the Owner and Design Professional in writing. .1 Except as otherwise required by statute, the form and substance of such bonds shall be satisfactory to the Owner in the Owner's sole judgment and shall satisfy the requirements Texas Government Code Chapters 2253 and 2269. .2 The Performance Bond, Maintenance Bond, and the Labor and Material Payment Bond shall each be in an amount equal to the Contract Sum and all subsequent increases. .3 Every Bond under this Section 11.4.a must display the Surety's Bond Number and a rider including the following provisions, which shall be attached to each Bond: a) The Surety hereby agrees that it consents to and waives notice of any addition, alteration, omission, change, or other modification of the Contract Documents; b) Any addition, alteration, change, extension of time, or other modification of the Contract Documents, or a forbearance on the part of either the Owner or the Contractor to the other, shall not release the Surety of its obligations hereunder, and notice to the Surety of such matters is hereby waived; and c) The Surety agrees that it is obligated under the bonds to any successor, grantee, or assignee of the Owner. b. Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. c. The Bond Form shall be in a form provided by the Owner. d. Additional Performance, Maintenance, and Payment Bonds may be recommended by the Design Professional and required by the Owner, at the Owner’s sole discretion, from any Subcontractor. The Owner will pay such actual, additional expenditures as Cost of the Work using the process specified in Article 7 for Changes in the Work. All such bonds shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner and Design Professional. e. The Contractor shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner no later than three (3) business days following the date of the Agreement is entered into, or if the Work is to be commenced prior to the date the Agreement is entered into, in response to a notification of award. The Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished. f. The Contractor shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bond on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. Section11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss a. 11.5.1 Omitted. b. Prior to settlement of an insured loss, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have fourteen (14) days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds. If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation. Upon receipt, the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions. Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds, the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss, and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. Section 11.6 Insurance Companies All insurance coverage procured by the Contractor shall be provided by insurance companies having current policyholder ratings no lower than “A- X” by A.M. Best and acceptable by the Owner and Design Professional, or as expressly agreed otherwise by the Owner, Contractor and Owner in writing. Such companies must be licensed to do business in the State of Texas. Section 11.7 Failure to Purchase Insurance If one or more of the Indemnitees, or the Contractor is damaged by the failure of either the Owner or the Contractor to purchase or maintain the insurance required under this Article 11, then the party who failed to purchase or maintain the insurance shall bear all reasonable costs (including attorneys’ fees and court and settlement expenses) properly attributable to the failure. Section 11.8 Insurance Limits Required The following insurance limits are the minimums to be carried by the Design Professional, the Design Professional’s consultants, the Owner’s other consultants, the Contractor, and the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers, unless higher limits are required by their respective Agreements or Texas law (in which case those limits shall control): .1 Automobile Liability $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit .2 Commercial General Liability $1,000,000 Aggregate, Per Occurrence and Personal Injury $2,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $500,000 Fire Damage $5,000 Medical Payments .3 Worker’s Compensation Statutory Limits $1,000,000 Employers Liability .4 Umbrella or Excess Liability $10,000,000 Per Occurrence .5 Contractor’s Environmental Impairment/Pollution coverage $1,000,000 Occurrence or Claim $2,000,000 Policy Aggregate .6 Builder’s Risk (where applicable) 100% of the total value of the work a. Limits for primary policies may differ from those shown when Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance is provided, as long as all coverage is equal to or greater than the minimum limits required herein. Article 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK Section 12.1 Uncovering of Work a. If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Design Professional’s request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Design Professional, be uncovered for the Design Professional’s examination and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time. b. If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Design Professional has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Design Professional may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the costs of uncovering the Work, and the cost of correction, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Section 12.2 Correction of Work a. Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Design Professional or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, specifically including but not limited to additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement; the cost of any additional supervision, material, labor, equipment, rental charges, home office overhead, and other expenditures necessitated to both rectify the non- complying conditions, protect adjacent Work of both the Contractor and the Project, and restore Work by the Contractor and others necessarily damaged in the course of rectifying the non- complying conditions; as well as compensation for the Design Professional’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. i. If prior to the date of Substantial Completion the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or anyone for whom either is responsible uses or damages any portion of the Work, including, without limitation, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other building systems, machinery, equipment, or other mechanical device, the Contractor shall cause such item to be restored to “like new” condition at no expense to the Owner. In addition, the Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss arising in conjunction with the Project caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, supplier, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable or for which the Contractor is otherwise responsible. b. After Substantial Completion i. In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within two years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.a, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. If the condition is reasonably discoverable, during the two-year period for correction of Work, and the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Design Professional, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5, and charge the reasonable costs to the Contractor. ii. The two-year period for correction of Work shall also be extended by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of the corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2, but only with respect to the corrected portions of the Work. iii. Omitted. c. Omitted. d. The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors, whether completed or partially completed, caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. These costs specifically include, but are not limited to such additional supervision, material, labor, equipment rental charges, home office overhead, and other expenditures necessitated to rectify the non-complying conditions, protect adjacent Work, and restore Work by the Contractor and others necessarily damaged in the course of rectifying the non-complying conditions. e. Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.b relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. f. The Contractor’s obligations under this Section 12.2 shall, without limitation, survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. Section 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. In the event final payment has been made by the Owner subsequent to accepting such non-conforming Work, the Contractor shall pay the Owner for the reduction in the Contact Sum occasioned by such acceptance. Article 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas. Venue on any dispute arising out of this Contract shall be in Denton County, Texas, which is the place where the Project is located and where performance is primarily to occur. Section 13.2 Successors and Assigns a. The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.b, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract, or any rights under the contract, in whole or in part without the written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. b. The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. c. Written Notice Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity, or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended; or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to, the last business address known to the party giving notice. Section 13.3 Rights and Remedies a. Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. b. No action or failure to act by the Owner, Design Professional, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. Section 13.4 Quality Management Tests and Inspections a. Tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Design Professional timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Design Professional may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections, or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests, inspections, or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. As required by the provisions of Texas Government Code, Section 2269.058(a), the Owner shall provide or contract for the construction materials engineering, testing, and inspection services and the verification testing services necessary for acceptance of the facility by the Owner. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section 13.4 or other provisions of this Agreement conflict with any of the provisions of Section 2269.058(a) such conflict is unintentional, and the provisions of the Texas Government Code shall control. b. If the Design Professional, Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection, or approval not included under Section 13.4.a, the Design Professional will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection, or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Design Professional of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Design Professional may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.c, shall be at the Owner’s expense. c. If such procedures for testing, inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.a and 13.4.b reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents (“Failed Work”), all costs made necessary by the Failed Work, including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Design Professional’s services and expenses and all costs specified in Section 12.2 shall be at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor also agrees all costs of testing, inspection, and approval services required for the correction of the Failed Work and the cost of such similar services related to remedial operations performed to the Failed Work shall be borne by the Contractor. d. Required certificates of testing, inspection, or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Design Professional. e. If the Design Professional is to observe tests, inspections, or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Design Professional will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. f. It is the intent of the Construction Documents to require the Contractor to control the quality of the Work using the processes specified in the Contractor’s Quality Management, Commissioning, and Turnover Plan contained within the most recent Construction Management Plan approved by the Owner and Design Professional. Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work and shall conform to the most recently approved Contractor’s Construction Schedule. g. The responsibility for implementing the Quality Management, Commissioning and Turnover Plan is the Contractor’s, as is the obligation to provide the Work and a complete and functional project per the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein, or in subsequently approved Quality Management, Commissioning and Turnover Plans, the Owner’s review and Design Professional’s approval of such plan(s) does not relieve the Contractor in any way of this responsibility. h. The Contractor shall be in charge of scheduling; re-scheduling (when required); and confirming adequate distribution of reports and other findings from all testing and inspections of the Work. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, scheduling the testing services of a certified testing laboratory which, by statute shall be contracted to and paid for by the Owner. The certified testing laboratory shall be acceptable to the Design Professional; and shall perform the tests as called for in the Contract Documents. The conditions that apply to materials testing and inspections include, but are not limited to the following: .1 The frequency and type of Quality Control testing shall be established by the Contractor and shall be sufficient to insure the delivery of the Work and a complete and functional project per the Contract Documents. The type and amount of testing required by the Contract Documents shall be seen as the minimums required, and shall be increased, if in the opinion of the Contractor, more testing is needed to meet the requirements of the Contractor. .2 The Contractor shall concurrently provide the Design Professional copies of all test results it receives within three (3) business days of receipt of same. .3 The Owner shall provide such Quality Assurance testing as it and the Design Professional mutually agree to be adequate for their own needs. The Owner shall distribute the results of its own Quality Assurance tests as it, at its sole discretion, deems appropriate. The provision of Quality Assurance testing by the Owner, or lack thereof shall in no manner affect the responsibilities of the Contractor or Design Professional under this Agreement. i. The Contractor shall facilitate and conduct weekly (or more frequent if necessary) meetings on site for the coordination of all mechanical, electrical and special systems installation activities and possible interference(s) above ceilings, in mechanical rooms, etc. The mechanical trades shall typically have preference in the event of conflicts, and therefore the mechanical contractor’s coordinator will usually lead each meeting, unless the Contractor decides another trade or the Contractor should take the lead. The Design Professional shall be informed of the meetings at least seven (7) days in advance, and the appropriate Design Professional’s consultants should be invited to attend by the Contractor, as supplemented and coordinated by the Design Professional. j. The Contractor’s Quality Management, Commissioning and Turnover Plan shall specify that prior to completion and acceptance of any building system or phase, consistent with the Contract and applicable codes and Contractor will review, in detail, the steps for completing testing of all building systems with the Owner and Design Professional. This plan shall be coordinated with and shall be made part of the Contractor’s Construction Schedule. All testing shall be of each complete system, before covering, or of individually separable larger portions of each system and shall be performed in the presence of the appropriate Owner’s and Design Professional’s consultant(s), representatives of the Owner, and at its option, either or both the Design Professional. k. When heating, air conditioning, ventilating, exhaust, or other items of mechanical, electrical or other similar equipment are installed, or other systems or equipment requiring testing as may be specified in the Contractor’s Quality Management, Commissioning and Turnover Plan, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor installing such equipment to operate it for a period of time satisfactory to the Owner prior to acceptance and before the start of Warranty. The duration of such operation shall be as the Owner, Owner’s consultant(s), Design Professional’s consultant(s), Owner’ employees and other Owner’s representatives (the Turnover Team) shall reasonably require for proper testing of the respective system and thorough instruction of the Owner's operating personnel. l. All equipment, testing instruments, instruction materials and incidentals required for proper testing of such systems and thorough instruction of the Owner’s operating personnel on each system’s operations and maintenance shall be provided by the Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub- subcontractor responsible for providing and installing the equipment. Such tests and instruction shall be in meetings held solely for this purpose (the Turnover Meetings), which shall be coordinated and managed by the Contractor, who shall show their dates in the Contractor’s Construction Schedule at least sixty (60) days prior to occurrence. The Contractor shall schedule the Turnover Meetings at times reasonably convenient for the Owner’s consultant(s), Design Professional’s consultant(s), Owner’s employees and other Owner’s representatives that the Owner and Design Professional agree are necessary to attend for each system. The Design Professional may attend such Turnover Meetings at its discretion. m. The Contractor shall provide a digital video record to the Owner, with copies to the Design Professional of all meetings for the purpose of Owner operational staff instruction or training; as well as commissioning of equipment. These videos will become a permanent part of all Operations and Maintenance manuals as applicable. n. The Contractor shall prepare a digital video record of the project for the Owner with copies to the Design Professional at such stages as shall be indicated by the Design Professional for the purpose of documenting the location of piping, conduit, equipment, or other construction to be concealed at a later date; recording key inspections and tests; providing evidence of unforeseeable conditions encountered by the Contractor on site; and other construction issues as the Design Professional may reasonably require from time to time. o. The Contractor shall layout and mark any plantings, shrubs and trees which will require removal a minimum of five (5) business days prior to their removal. The Contractor shall notify the Design Professional in writing immediately upon completion of this marking, and the Design Professional will have the location of these marked plantings, shrubs and trees reviewed and approved (if correct) by the Owner. The Design Professional will then give permission for removal in writing to the Contractor. Plantings, shrubs, and trees shall not be removed or damaged without such permission. Section 13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest as set forth in the provisions of Texas Government Code, Chapter 2251 or its successor statute. Section 13.6 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than ten (10) years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. Section 13.8 Measurement Before ordering any material or doing any Work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements for Work completed at the Project and shall be responsible for their accuracy. Any differences found shall be submitted to the Design Professional for consideration before proceeding with the Work. The Contractor shall use its utmost efforts to identify discrepancies in dimensions in a timely fashion and notify the Owner and Design Professional of these prior to commencing any Work affected by the ambiguous dimensions. No extra charge or compensation shall be allowed because of differences between actual measurements and the dimensions indicated on the drawings. Section 13.9 Expediting Materials The Contractor shall immediately, after receipt of Notice to Proceed and approval of the list of subcontractors and material suppliers, place orders for all equipment, materials, and supplies required for the Work, and shall submit to the Design Professional evidence that such orders have been placed in accordance with the Contractor’s Construction Schedule. Section 13.10 Addressing the Owner’s Additional Needs and Concerns a. Notwithstanding the above, the Owner has a unique set of stakeholders and organizational structure that creates special challenges the Contractor must completely and successfully address to the satisfaction of the Owner and Design Professional in the performance of the Work under this Agreement. The actions that shall be taken to address these special challenges include, but are not limited to, the following: .1 The Contractor shall provide the Superintendent once per month for a scheduled meeting with the Owner for a progress update on the project if requested by the Owner. A walk-through of the site may be held as a part of this meeting, which shall be scheduled by mutual agreement during regular business hours. .2 The Contractor may be required to provide the Superintendent for one meeting per month with the Design Professional for the purpose of assisting the Owner in preparing City Council agenda items and assisting City staff in preparing presentations to the City Council for the benefit of the public. The actual preparation and submission of the City Council of any agenda or work session item shall be performed by the Owner. .3 In addition to the meetings required to complete the Project, it is anticipated the Owner may request tours from time to time of the project and the site. The Contractor shall indicate in writing when such activity will be permitted and when the site is off limits. These requirements shall be coordinated through the Owner. Section 13.11 Additional Provisions a. In the event that any provision herein is held to be unlawful, against public policy, or a violation of the Charter or Ordinances of the Denton City, Texas, such provision shall be modified to make it valid, or if modification is not possible, such provision shall be deleted and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. b. Each party hereto agrees to, without limitation, perform all acts; provide all services, material, equipment, labor and supervision; and to make, execute, and deliver such written instruments, as shall from time to time be reasonably required to carry out the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents. c. All exhibits referred to in the Contract Documents are, by reference, incorporated herein for all purposes. d. The captions of the paragraphs are set forth only for convenience and reference, and are not intended in any way to define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of the Contract Documents. e. Any specific requirement in this Contract that require responsibilities or obligations of the Contractor also apply to a Subcontractor is added for emphasis and is also hereby deemed to include a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or supplier of any tier. The omission of a reference to a Subcontractor in connection with any of the Contractor’s responsibilities or obligations shall not be construed to diminish, abrogate, or limit any responsibilities or obligations of a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or supplier of any tier under the Contract Documents or the applicable subcontract. f. The provisions of the Contract Documents shall not be changed, amended, waived, or otherwise modified in any respect except by a written document signed by Owner. No person is authorized on behalf of Owner to orally change, amend, waive, or otherwise modify the terms of the Contract Documents or any of the Contractor’s duties or obligations under or arising out of the Contract Documents. Any change, waiver, approval, or consent granted to the Contractor shall be limited to the specific material restated in the written document signed by Owner and shall not relieve Contractor of any other of the duties and obligations under the Contract Documents. g. The Contractor shall provide and file, as required by law, all notices required or permitted by the laws of the state in which the Project is located for protection of Owner from liens and claims of lien if permitted or required by applicable law. Contractor shall be responsible for filing in the appropriate court or other governmental office records all such notices as required or permitted by the laws of the state in which the Project is located. h. The Contractor shall provide Owner with copies of all notices received by Contractor from Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and/or suppliers to Contractor. i. The Owner is a Texas home-rule municipality and as such is generally exempt from taxation under Texas law, which may include the purchase of items, materials, or supplies purchased on behalf of the Owner for this public works project. Contractor shall confirm that the Owner is exempt before paying taxes for items, materials, or supplies that may not be lawfully charged to the Owner. j. Owner affirmatively represents that its governing body has duly appropriated such sums which are equal to or in excess of the contract amount, and that such contract amount may be lawfully paid by Owner to Contractor subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. In the event that Owner approves a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or other additional compensable Work to be performed by Contractor, (other than that contemplated by the Contract Documents under any remedy-granting provision), Owner will issue a written assurance at the time of such approval that such additional compensation to be paid has also been duly appropriated by the Owner’s governing body. k. In the event the Owner is required to further advertise the completion of the Work or the Project under any local, state or Federal law, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Design Professional of such requirement(s) in writing not less than thirty (30) days in advance and attach a copy of the specific advertising and noticing required. l. The Contractor shall, in addition to compliance with the requirements of Section 3.7.f and without limitation, not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform any of the Work under this Agreement. The Contractor shall not knowingly contract with a Subcontractor that (i) knowingly employs or contracts with an illegal alien to perform work under this Agreement or (ii) fails to certify to the Contractor that the Subcontractor will not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this Agreement. i. The Contractor shall comply with any reasonable request of the Texas Workforce Commission made in the course of an investigation pursuant to state law. ii. In addition to any other legal or equitable remedy, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Document the Owner may be entitled to for a breach of the Agreement, if the Owner terminates this Agreement, in whole or in part, due to Contractor’s breach of the obligations set forth above in this Section 13.11.l Contractor shall be liable for actual and consequential damages to the Owner. m. It is the express intention of the parties that this Agreement is not to be construed as a waiver of any immunities or defenses of the Owner under Texas law. n. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Contract Documents to the contrary, public property is protected from forced sale and therefore may not be made the subject of a mechanic’s lien. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to allow a mechanic’s lien on public property owned by the Owner. The Owner does not waive its immunities or right to object to or contest such a lien. Article 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT Section 14.1 Termination by the Contractor a. The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; or .2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, that requires all Work to be stopped. b. The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions, delays, or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3, constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less. c. If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.a or 14.1.b exists, the Contractor may, upon seven (7) days’ notice to the Owner and Design Professional, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, including other costs allowed by the law. d. If the Work is stopped for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the Owner and the Design Professional, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.c. Section 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause a. The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents; or .5 contractor becomes insolvent or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. b. When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.a exist, and upon certification by the Design Professional that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety, if any, seven days’ written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. c. When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.a, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment. d. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Design Professional’s, Design Professional’s consultants’, and Owner’s other consultants’ services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. i. The costs of finishing the Work include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees, additional title costs, insurance, additional interest because of any delay in completing the Work, and all other direct and indirect costs incurred by the Owner by reason of the termination of the Contractor as stated herein. Section 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience a. The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work, in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. b. The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay, or interruption under Section 14.3.a. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall be as specified in Article 7. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was, or would have been, so suspended, delayed, or interrupted, by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. Section 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience a. The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause. b. Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. c. Upon such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall recover as its sole remedy payment for Work properly performed in connection with the terminated portion of the Work prior to the effective date of termination and for items properly and timely fabricated off the Project site, delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents and Owner’s further instructions. The Contractor waives and forfeits all other claims for payment and damages, including, without limitation, anticipated profits, lost opportunity costs, and potential and actual unabsorbed overhead costs. The Owner shall be credited for (1) payments previously made to the Contractor for the terminated portion of the Work; (2) claims that the Owner has against the Contractor under the Contract; and (3) the value of the materials, supplies, equipment, or other items that are to be disposed of by the Contractor that are part of the Contract. Article 15. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Section 15.1 Claims a. Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, a change in the Contract Time, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This Section 15.1.a does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, in accordance with the requirements of the dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law. c. Notice of Claims Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Design Professional, if the Design Professional is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker.; provided, however, that the claimant shall use its best efforts to furnish the Initial Decision Maker and the other party, as expeditiously as possible, with notice of any Claim including, without limitation, those in connection with concealed or unknown conditions, once such claim is recognized, and shall cooperate with the Design Professional and the party against whom the claim is made in any effort to mitigate the alleged or potential damages, delay, or other adverse consequences arising out of the condition that is the cause of such a Claim. Claims by either party must be initiated within twenty-one (21) days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within twenty-one ( 21 ) days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. i. Claims Made After Final Payment After Final Payment, Claims made by the Contractor that have not otherwise been waived pursuant to this Contract, must be initiated within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of Final Payment by written notice to the Owner as a condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to sue on the Contract. ii. Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.b, shall be initiated by notice to the other party. In such event, no recommendation by the Initial Decision Maker is required. d. Continuing Contract Performance i. Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. ii. The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker’s decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15. The Design Professional will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. e. Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, notice as provided in Section 15.1.c shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. Damages available to the Contractor are limited to those set forth in the Texas Local Government Code, Subchapter I, Section 271.153 or its successor statute(s). f. Claims for Additional Time i. If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, the Contractor shall provide written notice as required by Sections 8.3.d. and 8.3.e. ii. If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented in accordance with Section 8.3.e. g. Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit, except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party’s termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.g shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Section 15.2 Initial Decision Omitted. Section 15.3 Mediation a. Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to precedent to filing suit in a state district court having competent jurisdiction per the Contract Documents. If a statute of limitations is at issue, then suit may be filed by either party to toll the statute, but the suit shall then be stayed pending completion of the agreed mediation. If the parties cannot agree on a mediator, then the court may appoint one upon application of either party. b. The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation. A request for mediation, shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract. c. Either party may, within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute, demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof, then both parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings. d. The parties shall share the mediator’s fee equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Written agreement(s) reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 27, 2023 Effective February 27, 2023 SECTION 00 73 00 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2 TO 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 5 Supplementary Conditions 6 7 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 8 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 9 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 10 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 11 12 Defined Terms 13 14 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 15 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 16 17 Modifications and Supplements 18 19 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 20 other Contract Documents. 21 22 SC-5.01A 23 24 Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. 25 Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the 26 Contract Drawings. 27 28 SC-5.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” 29 30 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 31 September 9, 2025: 32 33 Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 34 PARCEL NUMBER OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 35 and do not bind the City. 36 37 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 38 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 39 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 40 41 SC-5.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” 42 43 Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 44 45 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 27, 2023 Effective February 27, 2023 The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 1 as of September 9, 2025: 2 3 EXPECTED OWNER UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF ADJUSTMENT None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 4 and do not bind the City. 5 6 SC-5.03A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 7 8 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 9 10 None 11 12 SC-5.05 A., “Underground Facilities 13 14 The following are additional resources for identification of Underground Facilities which are at or 15 contiguous to the site of the Work, and which are not necessarily shown in the Drawings: 16 17 None 18 19 SC-5.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 20 21 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 22 23 None 24 25 SC-6.02, “Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds” 26 27 The “Contract Price” for Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds will be the same as indicated 28 in Article 3 as listed in the Agreement. 29 30 SC-6.03A., “Certificates of Insurance” 31 32 The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 33 officers, directors, agents and employees. 34 35 (1) City 36 (2) Consultant: Biggs and Mathews Environmental, Inc. 37 (3) Other: None 38 39 SC-6.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 40 41 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-6.04 shall provide the following 42 coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 43 44 6.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-6.04A. 45 46 Statutory limits 47 Employer's liability 48 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 27, 2023 Effective February 27, 2023 $100,000 each accident/occurrence 1 $100,000 Disease - each employee 2 $500,000 Disease - policy limit 3 4 SC-6.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 5 6 6.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance 7 under Paragraph GC-6.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 8 minimum limits of: 9 10 $1,000,000 each occurrence 11 $2,000,000 aggregate limit 12 13 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the 14 General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 15 16 The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. 17 Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. 18 19 SC 6.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 20 6.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under 21 Paragraph GC-6.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: 22 23 (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", 24 defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. 25 26 $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. 27 28 SC-6.04D., “Contractor’s Insurance” 29 30 The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 31 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 32 of tracks [owned and operated by Railroad company name. If none then write “None”]. 33 34 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 35 hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 36 or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 37 Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 38 Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 39 the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 40 to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 41 properties. 42 43 The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 44 coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 45 Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 46 occupy, or touch railroad property: 47 48 (1) General Aggregate: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 49 50 (2) Each Occurrence: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 51 52 Required for this Contract Not required for this Contract 53 <Provide an “X” next to the appropriate selection above based on the Contract requirements> 54 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 27, 2023 Effective February 27, 2023 1 With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 2 3 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 4 the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 5 crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 6 railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 7 8 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 9 railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor 10 may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 11 12 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a 13 railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-14 grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 15 separation. 16 17 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-18 way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work 19 may be at two or more separate locations. 20 21 No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 22 commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 23 for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 24 each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 25 26 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 27 has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 28 insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 29 Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 30 railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 31 32 SC 6.04F., “Contractor’s Insurance” 33 Add Paragraph 6.04F. Environmental Impairment/Pollution 34 35 Environmental Impairment/Pollution Insurance to include coverage for the handling, receiving, dispensing, 36 removal, storage, testing, transportation, disposal, discharge, dispersal release or escape of any hazardous 37 material into or upon land, or any structure on land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water, 38 including ground water, with a minimum combined bodily injury (including death) and property damage 39 limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence to be obtained upon substantial completion and acceptance of facility by 40 the City. 41 42 SC-7.08C., “Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers” 43 44 The following subcontractors shall be required to be utilized by the Contractor for specific portions of the 45 Work as indicated below: 46 47 Required Subcontractors 48 SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED None 49 SC-7.11., “Permits and Utilities” 50 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 27, 2023 Effective February 27, 2023 1 SC-7.11A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 2 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 3 1. City Building Permit 4 5 SC-7.11B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 6 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 7 None 8 9 SC-7.11C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 10 11 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of September 12 9, 2025: 13 14 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 15 OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None 16 SC-8.02., “Coordination” 17 18 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 19 the Site: 20 Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority None 21 SC-9.01, “Communications to Contractor” 22 23 SC-10.01B., “City’s Project Manager” 24 25 The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Art Garcia, or his/her successor pursuant to written 26 notification from the City Engineer. 27 28 SC-13.02B., “Tests and Inspections” 29 30 None 31 32 SC-14.01G, “Reduction in Payment” 33 34 Add Paragraph 14.01G.3: 35 36 3. City may reduce payments to the Contractor, if the number of Days that have passed after the date 37 listed on the Notice to Proceed exceeds the Contract Time for Substantial Completion. 38 39 SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” 40 41 SC – 17.01, “Documents” 42 43 Any documents submitted to the City in electronic format shall be considered equivalent to an original of 44 such document. 45 46 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 27, 2023 Effective February 27, 2023 1 2 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 SECTION 00 73 01 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP 2 TO 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 5 6 Supplementary Conditions 7 8 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 9 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 10 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 11 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 12 13 Defined Terms 14 15 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 16 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 17 18 Modifications and Supplements 19 20 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 21 other Contract Documents. 22 23 SC-1.01 “Defined Terms” 24 25 The following Terms are added to the General Conditions as follows: 26 27 Competitive Sealed Proposals – A procurement method by which a governmental entity requests 28 proposals, evaluates and ranks the Offerors, and negotiates a contract with a general contractor for 29 the construction, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair of a facility. 30 31 Daily Value – The City-determined value in dollars as indicated in the Proposal Form as the value 32 of one Day for the purposes of determining the Incentive (if applicable) for Substantial 33 Completion relative to the Contract Time and achievement of Substantial Completion. 34 35 Weekend Working Hours—Those hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Saturday, and 36 between 1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Sunday or on a federal or state holiday observed by the City, 37 as approved in advance by the City for performing Work. 38 39 Working Day—Defined as a Business Day but excluding any days that weather or other conditions 40 beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor prevents the performance of the principal unit of 41 work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. 42 43 SC-2.01 44 Easement limits shown on the Drawings are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for 45 proposals. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines 46 shown on the Contract Drawings. 47 48 SC-2.01A., “Availability of Lands” 49 50 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 51 September 9, 2025: 52 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 1 Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 2 PARCEL NUMBER OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 3 and do not bind the City. 4 5 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 6 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 7 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 8 9 SC-2.01B., “Availability of Lands” 10 Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 11 12 The following is the list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or 13 relocated as of September 9, 2025 14 15 EXPECTED OWNER UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF ADJUSTMENT None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 16 and do not bind the City. 17 18 SC-3.01, “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 19 20 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 21 22 None 23 24 The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 25 structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 26 27 None 28 29 SC-4.01, “Underground Facilities 30 31 The following are additional resources for identification of Underground Facilities which are at or 32 contiguous to the site of the Work, and which are not necessarily shown in the Drawings: 33 None 34 35 SC-5.01, “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 36 37 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 38 None 39 40 SC-6.01, “Certificates of Insurance” 41 42 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 1 officers, directors, agents and employees. 2 3 (1) City 4 (2) Consultant: Biggs & Mathews Environmental, Inc. 5 (3) Other: None 6 7 SC-6.01A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 8 9 The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 10 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 11 of tracks. None 12 13 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 14 hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 15 or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 16 Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 17 Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 18 the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 19 to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 20 properties. 21 22 The Contractual Liability coverage required by Section 11.1 of the General Conditions shall provide 23 coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 24 Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 25 occupy, or touch railroad property: 26 27 (1) General Aggregate: None 28 29 (2) Each Occurrence: None 30 31 With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 32 33 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 34 the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 35 crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 36 railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 37 38 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 39 railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor 40 may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 41 42 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a 43 railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-44 grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 45 separation. 46 47 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-48 way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work 49 may be at two or more separate locations. 50 51 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 1 commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 2 for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 3 each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 4 5 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 6 has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 7 insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 8 Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 9 railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 10 11 SC-7.01, “Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers” 12 13 The following subcontractors shall be required to be utilized by the Contractor for specific portions of the 14 Work as indicated below: 15 16 Required Subcontractors 17 SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED None 18 SC-8.01., “Permits and Utilities” 19 20 SC-8.01A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 21 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Agreement to be acquired by the 22 Contractor: None 23 24 SC-8.01B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 25 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Agreement to be acquired by the City: 26 None 27 28 SC-8.01C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 29 30 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of September 31 15,2025: 32 33 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 34 OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None 35 SC-9.01, “Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended” 36 37 Capitalized terms not defined in the Contract Documents have the meaning set forth in the relevant federal 38 regulation. During the performance of this Agreement, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and 39 successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 40 41 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to 42 nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, 43 “DOT”) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, 44 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part 1 of this Agreement. 2 3 2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the Agreement, 4 shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of 5 subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not 6 participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR, section 21.5 of the 7 Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in 8 Appendix B of the Regulations. 9 10 3. Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all 11 solicitations either by competitive proposals or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be 12 performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each 13 potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations 14 under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or 15 national origin. 16 17 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the 18 Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, 19 accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas 20 Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders 21 and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of 22 another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the 23 Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to 24 obtain the information. 25 26 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the 27 nondiscrimination provisions of this Agreement, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the 28 Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 29 30 a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Agreement until the Contractor 31 complies, and/or 32 b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Agreement, in whole or in part. 33 34 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through 35 (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt 36 by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with 37 respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may 38 direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, 39 however, that, in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a 40 subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into 41 such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the Contractor may request the United 42 States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 43 44 Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. 45 46 SC-10.01, “Coordination” 47 48 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 49 the Site: 50 Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority None 51 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 SC-11.01, “Communications to Contractor” 1 2 SC-12.01, “City’s Project Manager” 3 4 The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Art Garcia, or his/her successor pursuant to written 5 notification from the City Engineer. 6 7 SC-13.01, “Tests and Inspections” 8 9 None 10 11 SC-14.01, “Methods and Procedures” 12 13 None 14 15 SC – 15.01, “Documents” 16 17 Any documents submitted to the City in electronic format shall be considered equivalent to an original of 18 such document. 19 20 SC – 16.01 “Labor; Working Hours” 21 22 1. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the 23 Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at 24 all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. 25 2. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of Contractor’s 26 employees; of Suppliers and Subcontractors, and their employees; and of any other 27 individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work, just as Contractor is 28 responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. 29 3. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property 30 at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all 31 Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours on Business Days. 32 Contractor will not permit the performance of Work outside of regular working hours on 33 Business Days without City’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably 34 withheld)). Contractor’s written request (by letter or electronic communication) for City’s 35 written consent must be made as follows: 36 a. for Work beyond regular working hours on Business Days, request must be made by 37 noon at least two (2) Business Days prior; 38 b. for Work during Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the 39 preceding Wednesday; and 40 c. for Work on state or federal holidays observed by the City, request must be made 41 sufficiently in advance of the holiday, to satisfy requirements for City Council 42 approval. 43 44 END OF SECTION 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised February 12, 2024 Effective February 12, 2024 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 00 73 74 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 73 74 1 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES - CSP 2 3 4 5 [Contractor: Replace this page with Form 1295 for this Contract, which can be obtained at 6 www.ethics.state.tx.us] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 11 00 1 SUMMARY OF WORK 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 14 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 18 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing 19 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and 20 Specifications. 21 B. Incidental Work 22 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the 23 project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no 24 specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, then the item shall be 25 considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the 26 price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 27 C. Use of Premises 28 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 29 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and 30 equipment stored on the Site. 31 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places 32 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the 33 Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. 34 a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction 35 purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid 36 delay in the construction operations. 37 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 1 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 2 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 3 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 4 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 5 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 6 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 7 D. Work within Easements 8 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 9 obtained permission from the owner of such property. 10 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 11 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 12 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 13 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of 14 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 15 Work as a part of the project construction operations. 16 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 17 lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 18 to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 19 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 20 other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 21 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 22 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 23 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 24 Work. 25 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 26 corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 27 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 28 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 29 from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 30 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 31 equipment. 32 6. Fence 33 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Work to 34 the original or a better than original condition. 35 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 36 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 37 provide site security. 38 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 39 closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the 40 project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. 41 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 25 00 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 6 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 7 defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 8 a. Name of manufacturer 9 b. Name of vendor 10 c. Trade name 11 d. Catalog number 12 2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". 13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24 A. Request for Substitution - General 25 1. Within 30 days after award of Agreement (unless noted otherwise), the City will 26 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 27 those specified. 28 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 29 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or 30 catalog numbers. 31 a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 32 consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 33 trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as 34 determined by City. 35 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 36 under the following conditions: 37 a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 38 meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 39 or, 40 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) 3 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 4 1. Substitution shall be considered only: 5 a. After award of Agreement 6 b. Under the conditions stated herein 7 2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 8 representative, including: 9 a. Documentation 10 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with 11 Contract Documents 12 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is 13 proposed 14 3) Data relating to changes in cost 15 b. For products 16 1) Product identification 17 a) Manufacturer's name 18 b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original 21 product in the Contract Documents 22 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed 23 product with Contract Documents 24 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25 characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26 a) Size 27 b) Composition or materials of construction 28 c) Weight 29 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30 4) Product experience 31 a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35 5) Samples 36 a) Provide at request of City. 37 b) Samples become the property of the City. 38 c. For construction methods: 39 1) Detailed description of proposed method 40 2) Illustration drawings 41 C. Approval or Rejection 42 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 47 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 1 5. Substitution will be rejected if: 2 a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 3 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 4 c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 5 design 6 d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 7 consistent with the design intent 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor 13 represents that the Contractor: 14 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or 15 superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which 16 it is intended 17 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 18 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building 19 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 20 complete in all respects 21 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 22 arise 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 EXHIBIT A 1 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 2 3 TO: 4 PROJECT: DATE: 5 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for 6 the above project: 7 SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM 8 9 10 Proposed Substitution: 11 Reason for Substitution: 12 Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 13 substitution will require for its proper installation. 14 15 Fill in Blanks Below: 16 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering 17 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 18 19 20 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 21 22 23 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 24 25 26 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 27 28 29 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 30 31 Equal Better (explain on attachment) 32 The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the 33 specified item. 34 Submitted By: For Use by City 35 36 Signature Recommended Recommended 37 as noted 38 39 Firm Not recommended Received late 40 Address By 41 Date 42 Date Remarks 43 Telephone 44 45 For Use by City: 46 47 Approved Rejected 48 City Date 49 01 29 76 STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND) Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 29 76 1 STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (MATERIALS ON HAND) 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. The procedure for requesting payment for stored materials and equipment 7 (materials on hand). 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Work associated with this item is considered incidental to the various items bid. No 17 separate payment will be allowed for this item. 18 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20 A. Request for Payment of Stored Materials and Equipment 21 1. Provide written request to City, if payment is requested on the basis of approved 22 materials and equipment delivered and stored at the Site, or other agreed upon 23 location, in accordance with the Contract Documents, and which will not be 24 incorporated into the Work for a minimum of thirty (30) days from delivery. 25 B. Payment for Materials and Equipment 26 1. Payment will be made in accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions, less 27 retainage. 28 2. Payment will not exceed the total estimated quantity required to complete the 29 Work. 30 3. The amounts advanced for stored materials and equipment will be deducted from 31 payments to the Contractor as the materials or equipment are incorporated into the 32 Work. 33 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will not constitute acceptance of the 34 relevant portion of the Work which the materials will be incorporated into. 35 C. Allowed Materials and Equipment 36 01 29 76 STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND) Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be limited to major items 1 associated with the Work. Perishable articles and small warehouse items will not 2 be considered for payment for this item. Examples of major items associated with 3 the Work include the following items: 4 a. 6in x 6in x 3/8in and 3in x 3in x 3/8in square tubing in 40ft lengths, 8ft x 4ft x 5 1/2in steel plates, 20 ft lengths of #5 rebar, 4ft x 8ft plywood sheets, and 2in x 6 4in x 8ft wood boards. 7 2. All items submitted for payment will be subject to approval for payment by relevant 8 City departments and the City Project Manager. 9 D. Returned Materials/Equipment 10 1. Should stored materials/equipment that have been paid for under this Section need 11 to be returned for any reason, the Contractor shall bear any fees associated with the 12 return. 13 E. Contractor shall save the City harmless in the event of loss or damage of 14 materials/equipment for which advance payments have been made in accordance with 15 this Section. 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Provide a certified inventory of the quantity of each stored item and accompanying 18 invoice. 19 B. Within thirty (30) days after the Contractor receives payment for stored materials or 20 equipment, provide a copy of a certified paid invoice statement for each item for which 21 payment has been made by Contractor. 22 1. If certification of payment is not presented within the thirty (30) day period, the 23 advanced payment will be deducted from the next progress payment. 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 30 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 31 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the materials and equipment in accordance 32 with Section 01 66 00. 33 01 29 76 STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND) Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 4 5 END OF SECTION 6 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 31 19 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 6 clarify construction contract administration procedures 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Coordination 19 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 20 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 21 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 22 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 23 a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 24 future reference. 25 4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to 26 make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents. 27 B. Preconstruction Meeting 28 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 29 Agreement and before Work is started. 30 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 31 2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting 32 and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing 33 the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 34 3. Attendance shall include: 35 a. Project Manager 36 b. Project Manager’s duly authorized representative (if any) 37 c. Contractor's project manager 38 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Contractor's superintendent 1 e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 2 to invite or the City may request 3 f. Other City representatives 4 g. Others as appropriate 5 4. Construction Schedule 6 a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and 7 provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 8 b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 9 Preconstruction Meeting. 10 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 11 a. Introduction of Project Personnel 12 b. General Description of Project 13 c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits 14 d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule 15 e. Contract Time 16 f. Notice to Proceed 17 g. Construction Staking 18 h. Progress Payments 19 i. Additional work and Change Order Procedures 20 j. Construction Change Directive 21 k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 22 l. Insurance Renewals 23 m. Payroll Certification 24 n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 25 o. Public Safety and Convenience 26 p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 27 q. Weekend Work Notification 28 r. Legal Holidays 29 s. Trench Safety Plans 30 t. Confined Space Entry Standards 31 u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water 32 systems 33 v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 34 w. Coordination with other contractors 35 x. Early Warning System 36 y. Contractor Evaluation 37 z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 38 aa. Damages Claims 39 bb. Submittal Procedures 40 cc. Substitution Procedures 41 dd. Correspondence Routing 42 ee. Record Drawings 43 ff. Temporary construction facilities 44 gg. Final Acceptance 45 hh. Final Payment 46 ii. Communications Plan 47 jj. Questions or Comments 48 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 31 20 1 PROJECT MEETINGS 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly 7 review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of 8 potential problems 9 B. Deviations this City of Denton Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 17 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20 A. Coordination 21 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and 22 specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 23 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 24 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 25 3. Meetings administered by City may be recorded. 26 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested 27 by the City, Design Professional or Contractor. 28 B. Progress Meetings 29 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held weekly. Meetings will be 30 scheduled and administered by Project Manager. 31 a. Additional meetings may be held at the request of the : 32 1) City 33 2) Design Professional 34 3) Contractor 35 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-36 needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: 37 a. Coordinating shutdowns 38 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Installation of piping and equipment 1 c. Coordination between other construction projects 2 d. Resolution of construction issues 3 e. Equipment approval 4 3. The Project Manager will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the 5 meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully 6 completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 7 4. Attendance shall include: 8 a. Contractor's project manager 9 b. Contractor's superintendent 10 c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 11 to invite or the City may request 12 d. Design Professional's representatives 13 e. City’s representatives 14 f. Others, as requested by the Project Manager 15 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 16 a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting 17 b. Field observations, problems, conflicts 18 c. Items which impede construction schedule 19 d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 20 e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other 21 construction contracts 22 f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 23 g. Revisions to construction schedule 24 h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period 25 i. Coordination of schedules 26 j. Review submittal schedules 27 k. Maintenance of quality standards 28 l. Pending changes and substitutions 29 m. Review proposed changes for: 30 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 31 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project 32 n. Review Record Documents 33 o. Review monthly pay request 34 p. Review status of Requests for Information 35 6. Meeting Location 36 a. The City will establish a meeting location. 37 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 38 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 33 00 1 SUBMITTALS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 6 Work-related submittals: 7 a. Shop Drawings 8 b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals) 9 c. Samples 10 d. Mock Ups 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 A. Coordination 23 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the 24 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 25 2. Coordination of Submittal Times 26 a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 27 performing the related Work or other applicable activities of the Specifications. 28 b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 29 processing times including, but not limited to: 30 a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) 31 b) Coordination with other submittals 32 c) Testing 33 d) Purchasing 34 e) Fabrication 35 f) Delivery 36 g) Similar sequenced activities 37 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 38 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 39 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such 1 sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 2 contractor. 3 B. Submittal Numbering 4 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference 5 identification numbering system in the following manner: 6 a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number. 7 b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 8 initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 9 c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. 10 A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical 11 submittal number would be as follows: 12 13 303-02-B 14 15 1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 16 2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section 17 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop 18 drawing 19 C. Contractor Certification 20 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by 21 subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 22 a. Field measurements 23 b. Field construction criteria 24 c. Catalog numbers and similar data 25 d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 26 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor 27 with a Certification Statement affixed including: 28 a. The Contractor's Company name 29 b. Signature of submittal reviewer 30 c. Certification Statement 31 1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 32 field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, 33 catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 34 item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 35 D. Submittal Format 36 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 37 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 38 3. Order 39 a. Cover Sheet 40 1) Description of Packet 41 2) Contractor Certification 42 b. List of items / Table of Contents 43 c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations 44 E. Submittal Content 45 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 46 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. The Project title and number 1 3. Contractor identification 2 4. The names of: 3 a. Contractor 4 b. Supplier 5 c. Manufacturer 6 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and 7 paragraph(s) 8 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 9 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 10 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 11 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 12 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 13 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 14 F. Shop Drawings 15 1. As specified in individual Specification Sections includes, but is not necessarily 16 limited to: 17 a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 18 drawings 19 b. Scheduled information 20 c. Setting diagrams 21 d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 22 e. Custom templates 23 f. Special wiring diagrams 24 g. Coordination drawings 25 h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 26 1) Performance curves and certifications 27 i. As applicable to the Work 28 2. Details 29 a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 30 b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 31 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 32 for approval. 33 G. Product Data 34 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Product Material 35 Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project. 36 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product 37 Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily 38 limited to: 39 a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as 40 catalog data) 41 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 42 instructions 43 2) Availability of colors and patterns 44 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 45 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 46 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 5) Catalog cuts 1 6) Product photographs 2 7) Standard wiring diagrams 3 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 4 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 5 10) Mill reports 6 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 7 spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 8 12) As applicable to the Work 9 3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product Material 10 Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 11 01 25 00. 12 4. All deviations from City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require 13 approval by the Design Professional for the Project. 14 H. Samples 15 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 17 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 18 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 19 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 20 and range sets 21 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 22 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 23 inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 24 I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 25 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 26 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 27 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 28 risk. 29 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 30 required to accomplish conformity. 31 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance 32 with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 33 J. Submittal Distribution 34 1. Electronic Distribution 35 a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their 36 duly appointed representative. 37 b. Shop Drawings 38 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 39 2) Hard Copies 40 a) Not required 41 c. Product Data 42 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 43 2) Hard Copies 44 a) Not required 45 d. Samples 46 1) Distributed to the Project Manager 47 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 K. Submittal Review 1 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance 2 with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 3 a. Permitting any departure from the Agreement requirements 4 b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 5 dimensions, and materials 6 c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise 7 provided herein 8 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 9 does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 10 fulfillment of the terms of the Agreement. 11 a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will 12 have no responsibility therefore. 13 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 14 Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 15 for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 16 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 17 departure from the Agreement requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 18 the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 19 performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 20 exception. 21 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 22 a. Code 1 23 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 24 comments on the submittal. 25 a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 26 equipment and/or material for manufacture. 27 b. Code 2 28 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 29 the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 30 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 31 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 32 final product. 33 c. Code 3 34 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 35 assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 36 resubmittal of the package. 37 a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and 38 non-conforming items that were noted. 39 b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 40 the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 41 d. Code 4 42 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 43 intent of the Contract Documents. 44 a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 45 submittal into conformance. 46 b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor 47 to meet the Contract Documents. 48 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 6. Resubmittals 1 a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 2 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 3 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 4 a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked 5 b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s 6 expense. 7 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 8 and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City 9 Representative’s then prevailing rates. 10 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 11 all such fees invoiced by the City. 12 c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 13 review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 14 Time. 15 7. Partial Submittals 16 a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s 17 discretion. 18 b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 19 Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. 20 c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the 21 Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 22 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 23 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be 24 provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 25 manufacture. 26 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the 27 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 28 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 29 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 30 following receipt of submittal by the City. 31 L. Mock ups 32 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Specification Sections, include, but are not 33 necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of 34 Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when 35 directed. 36 M. Qualifications 37 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 38 Certification for each item required. 39 N. Request for Information (RFI) 40 1. Contractor Request for additional information 41 a. Clarification or interpretation of the Contract Documents 42 b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 43 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 44 Specifications 45 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 46 d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field 47 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached). 1 3. Numbering of RFI 2 a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and 3 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 4 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 5 information. 6 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 7 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 8 Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Construction Change 9 Directive or Change Order, as appropriate. 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION 21 22 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 23 24 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 1 2 Project: RFI #: Engineering Project No.: Date Sent: Sender: Receiver: Copies To: 3 Subject: Request: Sender’s Proposed Answer/Solution: 4 THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. 5 6 Receiver’s Response: 7 Response By: Company: Date: 8 DISTRIBUTION: 9 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 50 00 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not 6 necessarily limited to: 7 a. Temporary utilities 8 b. Sanitary facilities 9 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 10 d. Dust control 11 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 A. Temporary Utilities 24 1. Obtaining Temporary Service 25 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 26 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 27 having jurisdiction. 28 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 29 Acceptance. 30 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 31 execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 32 2. Construction Water 33 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 34 performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 35 required for the completion of the Work. 36 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 37 consumption by Contractor, if required. 38 c. Coordination 39 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 40 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Metering and Payment for Construction Water 1 1) For water system improvements: 2 a) Obtain construction water meter from City to track water usage. Water 3 will be provided at no cost to Contractor. 4 2) For all other projects: 5 a) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by 6 City’s established rates. 7 3. Electricity and Lighting 8 a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 9 testing of Work. 10 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 11 b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 12 maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 13 4. Telephone 14 a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 15 and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 16 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 17 a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 18 b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. 19 B. Sanitary Facilities 20 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 21 a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 22 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 23 a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. 24 b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 25 c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 26 problem. 27 d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 28 dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 29 3. Locate facilities near Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 30 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 31 C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 32 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor 33 above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 34 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 35 ground. 36 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 37 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 38 inspection and inventory. 39 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for 40 equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 41 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 42 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 43 temporary and existing buildings. 44 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 45 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 D. Temporary Fencing 1 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in Contract 2 Documents 3 E. Dust Control 4 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 5 project. 6 a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 7 b. Must respond in a timely manner 8 F. Temporary Protection of Construction 9 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 10 to weather. 11 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 A. Temporary Facilities 26 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 27 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 7 A. Temporary Facilities 8 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 9 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 16 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 70 00 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 6 a. Mobilization 7 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 8 to the Site 9 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 10 at the Site 11 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 12 4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 13 to another location within the designated Site 14 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 15 from 1 location to another location on the Site. 16 b. Demobilization 17 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 18 away from the Site including disassembly 19 2) Site Clean-up 20 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 21 Contract 22 c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific Items of 23 Work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 24 2. Remobilization 25 a. Remobilization for suspension of work specifically required in the Contract 26 Documents or as required by City includes: 27 1) Demobilization 28 a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 29 supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 30 equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 31 Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 32 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 33 2) Remobilization 34 a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 35 supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 36 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s 37 operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 38 3) No Payments will be made for: 39 a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 40 Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 41 b) Stand-by or idle time 42 c) Lost profits 43 44 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 1 1. None. 2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 3 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 4 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 5 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6 A. Measurement and Payment 7 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 8 a. Measurement 9 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 10 b. Payment 11 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract Sum will be calculated as the total 12 Contract Sum less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 13 made in partial payments as follows: 14 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract Sum for construction Items is 15 earned, 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. 16 b) When 25% of the adjusted Contract Sum for construction Items is 17 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 18 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 19 c) When 50% of the adjusted Contract Sum for construction Items is 20 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 21 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 22 d) When 75% of the adjusted Contract Sum for construction Items is 23 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 24 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 25 e) A bid containing a total for “Mobilization” in excess of 10% of 26 total contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for 27 consideration of rejection. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Mobilization of equipment to Site 30 2) Performance Bond 31 3) Payment Bond 32 4) Maintenance Bond 33 5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents 34 6) Demobilization 35 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 36 Item. 37 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents, 38 as required by City 39 a. Measurement and Payment 40 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 15 41 of Section 00 72 00. 42 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 43 with this Item. 44 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 45 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 13 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 74 23 1 CLEANING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 6 systems specified elsewhere 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Scheduling 19 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by 20 cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 21 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 22 inspection. 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 31 those materials. 32 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Cleaning Agents 6 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 7 2. New and uncontaminated 8 3. For manufactured surfaces 9 a. Material recommended by manufacturer 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 17 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING 23 A. General 24 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 25 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 26 governing authorities. 27 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 28 storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 29 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 30 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 31 alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 32 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations 1 off-site at a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws 2 and regulations. 3 a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the 4 easement or surrounding property. 5 7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 6 8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 7 this Project. 8 9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 9 of required permanent Work. 10 10. If Project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to 11 have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 12 11. Do not burn on-site. 13 B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 14 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of 15 personnel in existing facility operations. 16 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 17 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 18 a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 19 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 20 c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 21 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 22 a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 23 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 24 may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 25 C. Interior Final Cleaning 26 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 27 foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 28 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 29 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 30 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 31 5. Ventilating systems 32 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 33 during construction. 34 b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 35 construction. 36 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 37 7. Broom clean process area floors. 38 8. Mop office and control room floors. 39 D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 40 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 41 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 42 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object 43 that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 44 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, 1 junction boxes and inlets. 2 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by 3 City, remove erosion control from site. 4 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 77 19 1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 3. Section 33 01 30 – Post Construction Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 19 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 20 certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 21 satisfactorily filed with the City. 22 B. Release of Liens or Claims 23 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 24 release of liens has been submitted to the City. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager. 27 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 5 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 6 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 7 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 8 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 9 01 74 23. 10 C. Final Inspection 11 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 12 representative that the Work is completed. 13 a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines 14 that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection 15 b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 16 c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 17 writing within 10 Business Days, of any particulars in which this inspection 18 reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 19 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 20 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 21 City. 22 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 23 notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 24 of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 25 Final Inspection of the project. 26 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 27 operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 28 a. Specified spare parts 29 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 30 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 31 d. Light bulbs 32 e. Fuses 33 f. Vault keys 34 g. Handwheels 35 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 36 equipment 37 D. Supporting Documentation 38 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 39 additional forms: 40 a. Final Payment Request 41 b. Statement of Contract Time 42 c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 43 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 1 E. Letter of Final Acceptance 2 1. When City has deemed the Work has been completed, and upon receiving all 3 Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue 4 Letter of Final Acceptance and release the final payment request for payment. 5 F. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains 6 1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in Section 33 7 01 30 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 Calendar Days and 8 finished no later than 690 Calendar Days after the date of issuance of the Letter of 9 Final Acceptance for the project by the City of Denton. 10 2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each 11 manhole interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored manholes). 12 a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will 13 be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 14 3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs 15 indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take 16 action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the 17 second inspection and make any repairs indicated. 18 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 78 39 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 6 documents, including: 7 a. Record Drawings 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 21 Project Manager. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 A. Accuracy of Records 27 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate 28 and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 29 other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 30 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 31 Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 32 Record Documents. 33 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 34 information that the change has occurred. 35 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 1 visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 2 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 3 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 4 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and 6 the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and 7 damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final 8 Project Record Documents. 9 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 10 to the City's approval. 11 a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 12 Contract Documents. 13 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 18 A. Job set 19 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no 20 charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 21 B. Final Record Documents 22 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide 23 the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 27 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 31 A. Maintenance of Job Set 32 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the 33 title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the 34 Drawings and the Project Manual. 35 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. Preservation 1 a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions 2 upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 3 and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a 4 suitable method for protecting the job set. 5 b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 6 by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 7 c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 8 3. Coordination with Construction Survey 9 a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 10 clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with 11 installation of the infrastructure. 12 4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications 13 a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the 14 Specifications if applicable. 15 b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the 16 change by graphic line and note as required. 17 c. Date all entries. 18 d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19 e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20 changes. 21 5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22 a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, 23 ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to 24 portray precise physical layout. 25 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26 City's approval. 27 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require 28 accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29 shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30 b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 31 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 32 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33 City's approval. 34 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35 ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37 reliably to the Specifications. 38 c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39 where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40 do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41 by the City. 42 B. Final Project Record Documents 43 1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications 44 a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and 45 Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents, 46 coordinating the changes as required. 47 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8915 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Public Disposal Facility Repairs Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 1 changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 2 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas 3 affected. 4 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure 5 longevity and clear reproduction. 6 2. Transfer of data to other Documents 7 a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of 8 the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 9 the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final 10 Record Documents. 11 b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 12 Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 13 handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval 14 of the City. 15 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 16 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION 26 27 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 28 02 41 20 Metal Chute, Concrete, and Litter Pole Demolition Page 1 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs SECTION 02 41 20 1 Metal Chute, Concrete, and Litter Pole Demolition 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, permits, incidentals, and 5 performing all work to carry out the demolition of the concrete, metal chutes in the 6 existing metal building, and the litter poles to be removed. 7 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 8 A. Measurement and Payment 9 1. Measurement 10 a. Materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the 11 installation of structures or item being removed. 12 2. Payment 13 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 14 subsidiary to the prices bid. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED} 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Shop Drawings 22 1. Submit shop drawings for necessary temporary bracing needed prior to demolition. 23 2. Product Data 24 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer. 25 B. The contractor shall obtain any necessary building permits from the City of Denton. 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 02 41 20 Metal Chute, Concrete, and Litter Pole Demolition Page 2 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS 7 A. Those performing the demolition of the chutes in the building shall have prior 8 professional experience with metal building repair or construction. 9 B. Those performing the demolition of the existing concrete slab and removal of the poles 10 shall have proper prior experience with concrete and pole removal. 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION 13 A. Temporary Shoring 14 1. Prior to demolition the contractor shall provide the city with shop drawings for 15 temporary shoring of the concrete retaining wall. 16 2. The materials used for temporary shoring shall comply with the project drawings. 17 a. Alternative materials may be accepted at the discretion of the City of Denton or 18 the Project Engineer. 19 3.4 SITE DEMOLITION 20 A. Sawing 21 1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed. 22 2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full 23 depth. 24 3. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to 25 provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges. 26 Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time. 27 4. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums, 28 or other approved dust reducing measures. 29 B. Disposal of Materials 30 1. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed. 31 2. Dispose of all materials in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 32 regulations. 33 C. Pole removal 34 1. The entire existing pole shall be removed including the below grade portion. 35 02 41 20 Metal Chute, Concrete, and Litter Pole Demolition Page 3 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 2. The surrounding concrete shall be saw cut to remove enough concrete slab material 1 so that the pole may be removed safely and allow for the adequate compaction of 2 the subgrade soil in 6-inch lifts. 3 3.5 REPAIR 4 1. Any defect or damage to the structure or its related hardware shall be repaired to the 5 construction drawings and manufacturer’s specifications prior to installation. 6 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 18 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 1 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 SECTION 03 00 00 2 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 14 4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 15 5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 16 6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 17 7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving 18 8. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving 19 9. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 20 10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls 21 11. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 22 12. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 23 13. Section 33 42 23 – Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 24 14. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes 25 15. Section 33 42 33 – Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 26 16. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Measurement 30 a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and 31 incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items. 32 2. Payment 33 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 34 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 35 concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for 36 separately. 37 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 2 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A. Reference Standards 3 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 4 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 5 unless a date is specifically cited. 6 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 7 a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes 8 b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete 9 c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 10 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 11 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 12 b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 13 Concrete Reinforcement 14 c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special 15 Quality, Mechanical Properties 16 d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for 17 Concrete Reinforcement 18 e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for 19 Concrete Reinforcement 20 f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire 21 Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 22 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 23 h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 24 i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 25 j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 26 k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 27 l. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 28 m. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 29 n. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of 30 Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 31 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 32 Specifications (DMS) 33 a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements 34 b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete 35 c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement 36 d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash 37 e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 38 f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 39 Retardants 40 g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 41 5. TxDOT Test Procedures: 42 a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 43 b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete 44 c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 45 Mix Designs 46 d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the “Speedy” 47 Moisture Method 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 3 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Shop Drawing 7 1. Concrete Mix Design – Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior 8 to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise 9 by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or 10 concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including: 11 a. Concrete Material Source Information 12 1) Concrete supplier name 13 2) Project name and address 14 3) Contractor name 15 4) Mixture Identification Number 16 b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including: 17 1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in 18 accordance with Section 32 05 16. 19 2) Maximum slump 20 3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation 21 4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio 22 5) Design Target Strength 23 6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and 24 318 25 7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for: 26 a) Cement 27 b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used) 28 c) Coarse Aggregate 29 d) Fine Aggregate 30 e) Water 31 8) Chemical admixtures – Type and amount used 32 9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used. 33 c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 34 handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 35 2. Product Data 36 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing 37 compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used 38 on the project. 39 b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include: 40 1) Manufacturer name 41 2) Date 42 3) Material description 43 4) Point of delivery 44 5) Data and test results as required in this Section 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 4 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 2 Compounds) 3 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 4 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 5 9) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 6 c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 7 1) Resin or hardener components 8 2) Brand name 9 3) Name of manufacturer 10 4) Lot or batch number 11 5) Temperature range for storage 12 6) Date of manufacture 13 7) Expiration date 14 8) Quantity contained 15 d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements 16 1) Product data sheet 17 2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this 18 Section and other applicable standards. 19 3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS- 20 4550, Fibers for Concrete 21 4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions 22 5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the 23 requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections. 24 6) Installation and mixing instructions 25 7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS- 26 4550, Fibers for Concrete. 27 B. Informational Submittals 28 1. Source Locations 29 a. Provide the location of all material sources 30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 34 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 35 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 36 66 00. 37 B. Storage and Stockpiling 38 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM) 39 a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from 40 dampness or absorption of moisture. 41 2. Steel Reinforcement 42 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 43 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration caused 44 by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 5 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Concrete Production Materials 7 1. Cementitious Material 8 a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 9 b. Cement 10 1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland 11 Cement or Type IL in accordance with ASTM C595. 12 2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and 13 listed on TxDOT’s Material Producer List (MPL) entitled “Hydraulic 14 Cement”. 15 c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 16 1) Fly Ash 17 a) Refer to DMS – 4610 for types of Fly Ash 18 b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes: 19 (1) Class C and Class F 20 (2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA) 21 (3) Modified Class F (MFFA) 22 c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed 23 on TxDOT’s MPL entitled “Fly Ash”. 24 d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options. 25 2) Other SCMs 26 a) No other SCM will be approved for use. 27 2. Water 28 a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or 29 other deleterious substances. 30 b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of 31 Health. 32 c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas 33 Department of Health prior to construction. 34 1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing 35 may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria. 36 3. Aggregate 37 a. General 38 1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine 39 aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete. 40 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 41 crushed concrete pavement. 42 b. Fine aggregate 43 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 6 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 c. Coarse Aggregates 2 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in 3 accordance with Section 32 05 16. 4 2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when 5 tested in accordance with Tex-401-A. 6 3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate 7 concrete class shown in shown in Table 1. 8 Table 1 9 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Aggregate Grade No.1 Maximum Nominal Size Percent Passing on Each Sieve 2– 1/2” 2” 1– 1/2” 1” 3/4” 1/2” 3/8” #4 #8 1 2” 100 80– 100 50– 85 20– 40 0–5 2(467) 1-1/2” 100 95– 100 35– 70 10– 30 0–5 3 1-1/2” 100 95– 100 60– 90 25– 60 0–5 4 (57) 1” 100 95– 100 25– 60 0– 10 0– 5 5 (67) 3/4” 100 90– 100 20– 55 0– 10 0– 5 6 (7) 1/2” 100 90– 100 40– 70 0– 15 0– 5 7 3/8” 100 70– 95 0– 25 8 3/8” 100 95– 100 20– 65 0– 10 10 1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses 11 4. Chemical Admixtures 12 a. General 13 1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed. 14 2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures 15 for concrete. 16 3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. 17 4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any 18 concrete. 19 b. Water Reducing Admixture 20 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types 21 A, D, F, and G will be allowed. 22 a) ASTM C494, Types “A” and “F”: 23 (1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content 24 (2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio 25 b) ASTM C494, Types “D” and “G”: 26 (1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement 27 c. Air-Entraining Admixture 28 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 7 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2) Maintain a total air content between 3 and 7 percent. 2 3) Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended dosage. 3 B. Concrete Placement Materials 4 5 1. Reinforcing Steel 6 a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the 7 Drawings. 8 b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in the 9 Drawings. 10 c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign 11 material. 12 d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings. 13 e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following: 14 1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80 15 2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60 16 a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them. 17 3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60. 18 a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars 19 only and do not bend them. 20 f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for reinforcing 21 in ASTM A615. 22 g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City. 23 h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City. 24 i. Spiral Reinforcement 25 1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. 26 2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or 27 ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 28 j. Bending 29 1) Bend all bars cold in a shape true to the shapes specified in the Drawings. 30 2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at 31 least two times the minimum thickness of the bar. 32 3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard 33 Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute. 34 4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 35 2. Fiber Reinforcing. 36 a. General 37 1) Fiber reinforcement is only allowed if specified on the Drawings by the 38 Engineer of record with written approval from the City. Do not use for 39 structures or roadway paving. 40 b. Material 41 1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof, 42 non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term 43 exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not 44 contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete. 45 2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel, 46 glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 8 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi 2 when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following 3 modifications: 4 a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches. 5 b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of 6 the specified required value. 7 c. Length and Size 8 1) Provide fibers maximum 1.5 inches in length. 9 d. Testing 10 1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete 11 requirements per this specification. 12 e. Rejection 13 1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the 14 requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be 15 removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 16 3. Tie Bars 17 a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and 18 installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars. 19 b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the 20 Drawings. 21 c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615. 22 d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings. 23 e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight. 24 f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 25 1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple 26 Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements. 27 4. Dowel Bars 28 a. General 29 1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the 30 Drawings. 31 2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and 32 installation requirements. 33 b. Dowel Bars 34 1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at 35 least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings. 36 2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical 37 requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in 38 diameter. 39 3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de- 40 bonding material. 41 4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches. 42 c. Dowel Caps 43 1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an 44 expansion joint. 45 2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough 46 range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 9 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should 2 have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of the 3 bar and the edge of the cap. 4 4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit 5 the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that 6 exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch. 7 5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 8 a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways, 9 roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation. 10 b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of 11 securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during 12 paving. 13 c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace 14 any broken chairs prior to concrete placement. 15 d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting 16 metal. 17 1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after 18 immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 19 2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are 20 in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested. 21 6. Epoxy 22 a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 23 b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product 24 Data Sheet in accordance with this Section. 25 c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers. 26 d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning, 27 extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with 28 normal agitation. 29 e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive 30 wastes. 31 f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the 32 epoxy before disposal. 33 7. Evaporation Retardant 34 a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650. 35 8. Curing 36 a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use. 37 b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and 38 DMS-4650. 39 1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650 40 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 41 2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete 42 or its compounds. 43 3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture- 44 impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp concrete. 45 4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly 46 applied curing compound or faulty materials. 47 5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 10 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's 2 original containers only, with original label containing the following: 3 a) Manufacturer's name 4 b) Trade name of the material 5 c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated 6 C. Concrete Mix Design 7 1. General 8 a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A. 9 b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is 10 approved by City. 11 c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The 12 City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and 13 replaced at no cost to the City. 14 d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise 15 approved. 16 e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise 17 approved. 18 f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete 19 classes when designing the mixture. 20 g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with 21 the requirements in this Section. 22 2. Cementitious Material 23 a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete 24 unless otherwise specified or approved by the City. 25 b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic 26 placements. 27 3. Concrete Classes 28 a. General 29 1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in 30 Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings. 31 2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for 32 concrete class information. 33 3) For concrete classes not specified in Table 2 refer to the Drawings or 34 special project specifications for concrete mix design requirements. 35 b. Class P Concrete 36 1) Use air entraining admixture. 37 2) Class P1 Concrete 38 a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and 39 alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by City. 40 3) Class P2 Concrete 41 a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways, 42 driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked 43 concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 44 c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 45 1) Use air entraining admixture. 46 2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2. 47 3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed 48 by City. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 11 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be 2 opened to traffic quickly. 3 5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is 4 minimum 3,200 psi. 5 6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 1–1/2 inches. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 12 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 Table 2 2 Concrete Classes Class of Concrete Design Strength1, Min f’c (psi) Maximum Water to Cementitious Material Ratio Coarse Aggregate Grades2,3 Cement Types Mix Design Options General Usage4 A 3,000 0.60 1 – 4, 8 I, II, I/II, IL 1 and 2 Sidewalks, sidewalk curbs, riprap, channel liners, flumes B 2,000 0.60 2 – 7 I, II, I/II, IL Traffic signal controller foundations, small roadside signs, anchors, blocking, utility pipe encasement C5 3,600 0.45 1 – 6 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Culverts (except top slab of direct traffic culverts) E 3,000 0.50 2 – 5 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Seal concrete H5 Note 6 0.45 3 – 6 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Precast concrete S5 4,000 0.45 2 – 5 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs, headwalls, wingwalls, cast-in-place inlets, junction boxes and manholes P18 4,000 0.50 2 – 3 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Machine poured concrete pavement, monolithic curbs, non- monolithic curb and curb & gutter P28 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Hand poured concrete pavement, driveways, and decorative concrete pavement HES8 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 I, II, I/II, IL Note 7 Concrete pavement and concrete pavement repair 3 1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 4 2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between 5 reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1 6 aggregate in drilled shafts. 7 3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings. 8 4. For information only. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 13 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 5. Structural concrete classes. 2 6. As shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 3 7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply. 4 8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For 5 hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 6 7 4. Slump 8 a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise 9 specified in the Drawings. 10 b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix 11 design submittal as part of the Action Submittal. 12 c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during 13 concrete placement. 14 d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will be 15 rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 16 Table 3 17 Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements Concrete Use1 Slump Range2, Inch Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 – 5 Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 – 5 Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts, concrete traffic barrier 4 – 6 Precast concrete 4 – 9 Underwater concrete placements 6 – 8 Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3 Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete) 1.5 – 3 Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete) 3 – 5 Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material for trench repair. 1.5 – 4 18 1. For information only. 19 2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers. 20 3. As shown on the Drawings. 21 22 5. Mix Design Options 23 a. Option 1: Replace cement with at least the minimum dosage listed in the Fly 24 Ash MPL for the fly ash used in the mixture. Do not replace more than 50% of 25 the cement with fly ash. 26 b. Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with slag cement. 27 c. Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of fly ash, 28 slag cement, MFA, metakaolin, or at least 3% silica fume; however, no more 29 than 35% may be fly ash, and no more than 10% may be silica fume.. 30 6. Trial Batch Production and Testing 31 a. Trial Batch 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 14 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements 2 of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials 3 proposed for the project. 4 2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is 5 in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include: 6 a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump 7 b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days 8 3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it. 9 4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier. 10 Table 4 11 Concrete Discharge Times Fresh Concrete Temperature, Degrees Fahrenheit Max Time After Batching for Concrete Not Containing Type B or D Admixtures, Minimum Max Time After Batching for Concrete Containing Type B or D Admixtures2, Minimum 90 and Above 45 75 Between 75 and 90 60 90 Below 75 90 120 1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640 2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer’s recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture. 3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant. 12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 14 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 15 1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal 16 and replacement at no cost to the City. 17 B. Concrete Production Acceptance 18 1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete 19 is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design, 20 slump, and compressive strength. 21 C. Concrete Placement Acceptance 22 1. General 23 a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 24 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 25 b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests. 26 2. Placement Sampling 27 a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on Table 28 5. 29 b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of 30 concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved. 31 c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and 32 replacement at no cost to the City. 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 15 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 Table 5 2 Testing Frequencies Concrete Placements Frequency Bridge Deck Placements Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic yards or a fraction thereof specified by the City. All Other Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction thereof per class per day as specified by the City Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction thereof as specified by the City 3 3. Testing of Fresh Concrete 4 a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6. 5 b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck. 6 c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump 7 below the minimum allowed per concrete type (per Table 3) after addition of all 8 water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost to 9 the City. 10 Table 6 11 Fresh Concrete Tests Tests Test Methods Slump Tex-415-A Temperature Tex-422-A Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457 1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used. 12 4. Concrete Strength Test 13 a. General 14 1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic 15 yards of concrete. 16 2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in 17 accordance with ASTM C31. 18 3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class. 19 b. Sampling 20 1) Collect 6 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being 21 placed for each test, with no less than two sets of cylinders taken from any 22 one day’s paving activities. 23 2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples 24 to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide 25 test results to the City. 26 3) Test the 6 cylinders per the following: 27 a) 2 of the cylinders tested at 7 days, 28 b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and 29 c) 2 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary. 30 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 16 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 c. Acceptance 2 1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength, 3 the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question and 4 have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance with 5 ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. 6 2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must 7 meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength. 8 3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design 9 strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non- 10 compliant concrete at no cost to the City. 11 4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no 12 cost to the City. 13 5. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 14 a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion 15 of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City 16 may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no 17 cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking. 18 b. Corrective Actions: 19 1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City 20 will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final inspection 21 and prior to the end of the maintenance period. 22 2) Routing and Sealing: 23 a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project 24 Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking. 25 3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the 26 cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete. 27 4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade, 28 remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved 29 subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete. 30 6. Aggregate Moisture Testing 31 a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16. 32 b. City may request this test to be performed at any time. 33 D. Non-Conforming Work 34 1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 35 a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements of 36 this Section. 37 1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject 38 to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 39 b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the 40 Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets 41 the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City. 42 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 43 conformance of the mixture. 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 17 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 2 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3 3.4 INSTALLATION 4 A. Batching Equipment 5 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 6 00. 7 B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements: 8 1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 9 2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 10 3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap 11 4. Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving 12 5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving 13 6. Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 14 7. Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls 15 8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 16 9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 17 10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 18 11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes 19 12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 20 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 21 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 18 of 18 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Added ASTM C595 reference 6/25/2024 Added Type IL cement to allowable cement in 2.2.A.1.b and subsequent locations 6/25/2024 Modified air entrainment ranges under 2.2.A.4.C.2 6/25/2024 Modified fiber reinforcement requirements; 2.2.B.2 6/25/2024 Modified Table 2 “Concrete Classes” to allow for Type IL cement, altered General Usage types, and removed Classes D and F from the table 6/25/2024 Modified Table 3 “Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements” to give greater slump ranges 6/25/2024 Modified mix design options for replacement of cement with various substitute products; 2.2.C.5 6/25/2024 Altered test cylinder requirements; 2.4.C.4 4 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 SECTION 03 30 00 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 7 mixture design, and placement procedures. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 15 4. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 16 5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 17 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 18 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Measurement 22 a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are 23 subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed. 24 2. Payment 25 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 26 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast- 27 in-place concrete. 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 30 1. HPC – High Performance Concrete 31 2. PSI – Pounds per square inch 32 B. Definitions 33 1. Substructure 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth. 2 Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, 3 retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure 4 elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a 5 superstructure. 6 2. Superstructure 7 a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge 8 slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge 9 superstructure elements as indicated. 10 C. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13 unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 15 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 16 a. ACI 207 – Mass Concrete. 17 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 18 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 19 a. Item 420 – Concrete Substructures. 20 b. Item 422 – Concrete Superstructures. 21 c. Item 426 – Post-Tensioning. 22 d. Item 441 – Steel Structures. 23 e. Item 448 – Structural Field Welding. 24 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 25 Specifications (DMS): 26 a. DMS-4650 – Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 27 Retardants. 28 b. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 29 c. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 30 d. DMS-6160 – Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric 31 Pads. 32 e. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Fillers. 33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 36 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 37 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 38 A. Shop Drawings 39 1. Concrete Mix Design 40 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 41 2. Product Data 42 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in 43 accordance with Section 03 00 00: 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 1) Curing compounds 2 2) Evaporation retardant 3 3) Joint fillers 4 4) Chemical additives 5 5) Epoxy 6 6) Fiber reinforcing 7 7) Bond breaker material 8 3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials 9 a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used 10 for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 11 b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations, 12 provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast- 13 in-place concrete. 14 4. Heat Control Plan 15 a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass 16 concrete in the Drawings. 17 b. Develop using TxDOT’s ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method 18 in accordance with ACI 207. 19 1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass 20 placement. 21 2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. 22 c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements: 23 1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and 24 cement types to minimize heat of hydration; 25 2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; 26 3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; 27 4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement; 28 5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; 29 6) Use of supplementary cementing materials; 30 7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or 31 8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place. 32 B. Informational Submittals: 33 1. Source Locations 34 a. Location of all material sources 35 1. Testing Laboratory 36 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 37 laboratory used on the project: 38 1) Testing Laboratory Name 39 2) Location 40 3) Tests performed 41 a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used. 42 4) ACI Certification 43 a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be 44 ACI certified. 45 2. Falsework and Forms Drawings 46 a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items: 47 1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents; 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams; 2 3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and 3 4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city. 4 b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads 5 and to provide the necessary rigidity. 6 c. Use AASHTO’s Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and 7 Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring 8 information. 9 d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of 10 proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed 11 professional engineer in the state of Texas. 12 e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and 13 forms. 14 f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms. 15 3. Equipment Information 16 a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 17 1) Equipment name and description 18 2) Size 19 3) Intended use 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 25 00. 26 B. Storage and Stockpiling 27 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 28 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 2. Steel Reinforcement 30 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 32 a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 33 temperatures of material. 34 4. Epoxy 35 a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 36 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 37 A. Weather Conditions 38 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 39 2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a 40 temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower. 41 3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 42 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees 2 Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6 2.2 MATERIALS 7 A. Concrete Production Materials 8 1. Concrete Class 9 a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section 10 03 00 00. 11 2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing 12 materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 13. 14 B. Concrete in Water 15 1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement 16 content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include 17 an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary. 18 C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy 19 1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675. 20 2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels 21 a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise 22 specified in the Drawings. 23 b. Neat Epoxy 24 1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 25 c. Epoxy Mortar 26 1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 27 D. Jointing Materials 28 1. Joint Fillers 29 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310. 30 b. Superstructures 31 1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 32 Item 422 33 2. Joint Sealants 34 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 35 E. Waterstops 36 1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS- 37 6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 38 F. Curing 39 1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 40 DMS-4650. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2. Cotton Mats 2 a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton “bat” or “bats” (at 3 least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 4 6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows 5 of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and 6 transversely at intervals less than 3 inches. 7 b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition. 8 c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering 9 and extending along 1 side of the mat. 10 d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 11 cotton mats. 12 3. Burlap Mats 13 a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 14 ounces per square yard) with the following additions: 15 1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. 16 2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient. 17 b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete. 18 c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the 19 concrete curing process, such as grease or oil. 20 d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats. 21 e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 22 burlap mats. 23 4. Polyethylene Sheeting 24 a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from 25 visible defects. 26 b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature 27 during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control 28 temperature during mass pours. 29 5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats 30 a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque 31 white pigmented polyethylene. 32 b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material 33 such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a 34 solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) 35 c. Provide mats free of visible defects. 36 G. Formwork Materials 37 1. Timber Forms 38 a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that 39 compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 40 b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and 41 grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings. 42 c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition. 43 d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with 44 defects that will produce inferior work. 45 e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: 46 1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; 47 2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are 48 completely enclosed; and 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. 2 f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not 3 provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining. 4 g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on 5 plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless 6 otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings. 7 h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements 8 for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of 9 Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 10 i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment 11 under the imposed loads. 12 j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and 13 scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row 14 of wales near the bottom of each placement. 15 k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to 16 supporting studs. 17 l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same 18 direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface 19 finish. 20 m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when 21 nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. 22 n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips 23 measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 24 o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is 25 being placed. 26 p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations 27 where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available. 28 2. Metal Forms 29 a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not 30 require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 31 b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or 32 bulging. 33 c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. 34 d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly 35 together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. 36 e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. 37 H. Repair Materials 38 1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 39 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 41 A. Tests and Inspections 42 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 43 a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. Hauling 7 1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00. 8 2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 9 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 10 3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 11 will be rejected. 12 4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of 13 slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if 14 necessary. 15 a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap. 16 5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 17 a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 18 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted 19 unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 20 b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at 21 least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 22 mixing of the concrete. 23 c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 24 cementitious material ratio. 25 d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 26 discharged. 27 B. Transport and Discharging 28 1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and 29 vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material. 30 2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened 31 concrete coatings. 32 3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 33 4. Discharging Time 34 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 35 C. Concrete Temperature 36 1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of 37 concrete defined in Section 03 00 00. 38 a. Class C, F, or H 39 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees 40 Fahrenheit. 41 b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs 42 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees 43 Fahrenheit. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 c. Class A and B 2 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees 3 Fahrenheit. 4 d. Mass Concrete 5 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees 6 Fahrenheit. 7 D. Surface Preparation 8 1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete. 9 2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. 10 3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed 11 on them. 12 4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. 13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Superstructure Construction 15 1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 16 Item 422. 17 B. Schedule Restrictions 18 1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions 19 a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule 20 restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional 21 testing requirements based on the site conditions. 22 b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab- 23 cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in 24 the Drawings. 25 2. Setting Forms 26 a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete 27 footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. 28 b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged 29 at least 2 curing days. 30 c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected. 31 d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams 32 only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi 33 and the member is properly supported. 34 e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. 35 f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the 36 substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 37 psi. 38 3. Placement of Superstructure Members 39 a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the 40 substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 41 4. Opening to Traffic 42 a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength 43 specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the 44 curing period has ended. 45 b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 5. Post-Tensioned Construction 2 a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element 3 designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of 4 structural elements. 5 6 C. Falsework and Forms 7 1. Falsework 8 a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 9 Specification Item 420. 10 2. Forms 11 a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 12 Specification Item 420. 13 b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms. 14 D. Drains 15 1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings. 16 E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning 17 1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 18 2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in 19 the Drawings. 20 3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the 21 approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep 22 ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete. 23 F. Joints 24 1. Expansion Joints 25 a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings. 26 b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the 27 concrete on 1 side of the joint. 28 c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete 29 sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. 30 d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal 31 and again where necessary after surface finishing. 32 2. Construction Joints 33 a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the 34 Drawings. 35 b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. 36 c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings. 37 d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise 38 specified in the Drawings or by the City. 39 e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. 40 f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a 41 horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained. 42 g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, 43 dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water. 44 h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout 45 is placed against it. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry 2 condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete. 3 1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains 4 damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 5 6 j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 7 placing subsequent concrete. 8 1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a 9 saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the 10 concrete. 11 k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete. 12 l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 13 by the City. 14 m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a 15 bonding agent is required. 16 n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh 17 concrete to hardened concrete. 18 o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete 19 while the epoxy is still tacky. 20 p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition, 21 and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 22 q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer’s 23 recommendations. 24 G. Placing Concrete 25 1. General 26 a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete. 27 b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete. 28 c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled 29 shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items. 30 d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do 31 not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to 32 fill the forms. 33 e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. 34 f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise 35 permitted. 36 g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or 37 adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass 38 with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 39 h. Re-Vibration 40 1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete, 41 verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with 42 the City. 43 2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject 44 to approval by the City. 45 3) General accepted timeframes include: 46 a) No more than 1 hour to elapse 47 b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of 48 Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2. In Cold Weather 2 a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable 3 temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the 4 concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature 5 limits: 6 1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert 7 walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic 8 culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees 9 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 10 2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs 11 (footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees 12 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 13 b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all 14 requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to 15 concrete surfaces. 16 c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material 17 ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and 18 replace concrete at no cost to the City. 19 d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and 20 Section 03 00 00. 21 3. In Hot Weather 22 a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of 23 placement. 24 b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on 25 aggregate stockpiles. 26 4. In Water 27 a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with 28 approval from the City. 29 b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing 30 through. 31 c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement. 32 d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method. 33 1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb 34 the concrete after it has been placed. 35 e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. 36 f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. 37 g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. 38 5. Mass Placements 39 a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements 40 specified in the Drawings as mass concrete. 41 b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat 42 dissipation period for mass monolithic placements: 43 1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and 44 the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit 45 2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160 46 degrees Fahrenheit 47 3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature 48 limitations. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the 2 central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35 3 degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City. 4 c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or 5 other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation. 6 d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or 7 approved based on the heat control plan. 8 e. Install devices using the following parameters: 9 1) Measuring Surface Temperature 10 a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface. 11 2) Measuring Core Temperature 12 a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the 13 nearest surface. 14 f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength. 15 g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will 16 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 17 1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has 18 evaluated the mass concrete. 19 6. In Foundation and Substructure 20 a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the 21 forms. 22 b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work 23 proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. 24 c. Footings 25 1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been 26 inspected. 27 2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free 28 from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. 29 d. Columns 30 1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints 31 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 32 2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and 33 delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column 34 concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 35 7. In Box Culverts 36 a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing 37 the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 38 psi. 39 b. Finishing 40 1) Footing slab 41 a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish. 42 2) Direct traffic top slabs 43 a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422. 44 3) Other top slabs 45 a) Float finish 46 H. Extending Existing Substructures 47 1. Removal 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified 2 in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 3 b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section 4 32 01 29. 5 c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 6 d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment 7 unless directed to or approved by the City. 8 e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete. 9 2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel 10 a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap 11 splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 12 b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT 13 Standard Specification Item 448. 14 3. Concrete Preparation 15 a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before 16 placing forms. 17 b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section. 18 I. Consolidation 19 1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type 20 vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or 21 reinforcement, unless otherwise approved. 22 2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure 23 complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the 24 reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. 25 3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. 26 4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches 27 where applicable. 28 5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. 29 6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. 30 7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator 31 along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface. 32 8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is 33 completely consolidated. 34 9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the 35 surface of all forms. 36 J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts 37 1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout, 38 epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified. 39 2. Form or drill holes for grouting. 40 3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged 41 grout or epoxy anchor systems. 42 4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections. 43 5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the 44 Drawings. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the 2 Drawings. 3 7. Hole Diameter Size 4 a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter 5 b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or 6 bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches. 7 c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than 8 the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy 9 manufacturer. 10 8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking 11 substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. 12 9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material 13 from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. 14 10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and 15 a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used. 16 11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the 17 holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. 18 12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. 19 13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems. 20 K. Finishing of Surfaces 21 1. Standard Surfaces 22 a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces. 23 b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat, 24 textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or 25 as directed by the City. 26 c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section. 27 Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are 28 unable to be repaired. 29 d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following 30 exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the 31 City: 32 1) Inside and top of inlets 33 2) Inside and top of manholes 34 3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances 35 4) Inside of culvert barrels 36 e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of 37 culvert barrels. 38 2. Horizontal Surfaces 39 a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City. 40 b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface. 41 c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface 42 1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly 43 toward the edge 44 2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge 45 d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard 46 Specification Item 441. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 e. Finish 2 1) Standard 3 a) Smooth trowel finish 4 2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder 5 spans 6 a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified 7 3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat 8 buildups 9 a) Textured, wood float finish 10 4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16 11 inch in all directions. 12 f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap 13 or a construction joint. 14 g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary 15 bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. 16 h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings 17 or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2 Figure 1 3 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 4 Figure 2 5 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 6 7 L. Curing 8 1. General 9 a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods. 10 b. Curing Day 11 1) Standard 12 a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 13 at least 19 hours. 14 2) Cold Day 15 a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40 16 degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours. 17 c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in 18 accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 19 d. Curing Locations 20 1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise 21 specified in the Drawings or by the City. 22 2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing. 23 3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or 24 membrane curing. 25 4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be 26 placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include, 27 but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers. 28 5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections. 29 e. Curing Timeframes: 30 1) Standard 31 a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2) Vertical Surfaces 2 a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form 3 curing. 4 b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in 5 accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the 6 Drawings, or as directed by the City. 7 c) HPC concrete 8 (1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane 9 cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as 10 specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City . 11 3) Mass Concrete 12 a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by 13 the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with 14 manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as 15 directed by the City. 16 f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal. 17 2. Form Curing 18 a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not 19 required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. 20 b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day 21 curing period. 22 3. Water Curing 23 a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required 24 curing timeframe. 25 b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or 26 leaves a residue. 27 4. Blankets 28 a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats 29 in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. 30 b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting. 31 c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. 32 d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an 33 enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the 34 enclosure. 35 1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the 36 concrete wet. 37 5. Membrane Curing 38 a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project. 39 b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon 40 unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, 41 as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 42 c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that 43 will later form a construction joint. 44 d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s 45 recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound. 46 e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the 47 manufacturer. 48 f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 M. Removal of Falsework and Forms 2 1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms. 3 2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement 4 unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City. 5 3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot 6 for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a 7 compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 8 4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after 9 concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength. 10 5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal 11 does not disturb other forms that are providing support. 12 6. Metal Appliances: 13 a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half 14 inch from the concrete surface. 15 b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete. 16 c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired, 17 or if it will need to be replaced. 18 d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal 19 appliances at no cost to the City. 20 7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the 21 Drawings or as directed by the City. 22 3.5 REPAIR 23 A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities 24 1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or 25 honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. 26 2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29. 27 3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with 28 latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the 29 patch with the surrounding concrete. 30 4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be 31 exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. 32 5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large 33 repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not 34 specified. 35 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 37 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 38 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 39 B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance 40 1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 41 C. Non-Conforming Work 1 1. General 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 20 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 2 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements 3 specified in this Section. 4 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 5 concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to 6 the City. 7 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 8 2. Aggregates 9 a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the 10 City may reject the aggregates. 11 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 12 a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and 13 Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design. 14 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 15 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 16 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 17 conformance of the mixture. 18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 27 13 00 00 Metal Chutes Page 1 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs SECTION 13 00 00 1 Metal Chutes 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, permits, incidentals, and 5 performing all work to carry out construction of the chutes and the chute rubber skirts 6 in the existing metal building. 7 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 8 A. Measurement and Payment 9 1. Measurement 10 a. Materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the 11 installation of structures or item being installed. 12 2. Payment 13 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 14 subsidiary to the prices bid. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED} 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Shop Drawings 22 1. Submit shop drawings. 23 2. Product Data 24 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer. 25 B. Informational Submittals: 26 1. Source Locations 27 a. Location of all material sources 28 2. Equipment Information 29 a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 30 1) Equipment name and description 31 2) Size 32 3) Intended use 33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 36 13 00 00 Metal Chutes Page 2 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Manufacturer 7 1. Manufacturer of the steel shall be made to meet the criteria of the 2021 8 International Building Code. 9 a. This includes the support steel, plate steel, anchors, welding materials, and 10 fasteners 11 2. Manufacturer of the rubber skirts shall be made of a heavy-duty multi-ply conveyor 12 belting with a width of 6-inches and a minimum thickness of 3/8-inches. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS 17 A. Installers of the chutes in the building shall have prior professional experience with 18 metal building fabrication. 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 1. Installers shall be able to install the chutes in accordance with the engineer provided 23 drawings and with the manufacturer’s instructions. 24 3.5 REPAIR 25 1. Any defect or damage to the structure or its related hardware shall be repaired to the 26 construction drawings and manufacturer’s specifications prior to installation. 27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 13 00 00 Metal Chutes Page 3 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 32 11 33 2 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of 7 cement. 8 2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 12 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 13 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 14 3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 15 4. Section 31 24 00 - Embankment. 16 5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 17 6. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Cement 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured by the ton of Cement installed. 23 b. Payment 24 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 25 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 26 of Cement installed. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing Cement as specified in the Drawings 29 1) Hauling 30 2) Unloading 31 3) Storing 32 4) Handling 33 2. Cement Treatment 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measured by the square yard of base course treated. 36 b. Payment 37 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 38 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 39 square yard of “Cement Treatment” for: 40 a) Various depths. 41 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 1 c. The price bid shall include: 2 1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 3 2) Subgrade preparation 4 3) Excavation 5 4) Loading 6 5) Unloading 7 6) Hauling 8 7) Disposal of excess material 9 8) Compaction 10 9) Clean-up 11 1.3 REFERENCES 12 A. Reference Standards 13 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 14 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 15 unless a date is specifically cited. 16 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 17 a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 18 b. D558, Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of 19 Soil-Cement Mixtures. 20 c. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 21 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 22 3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 23 a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 24 b. Tex-120-E, Soil-Cement Testing 25 c. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 27 1.5 SUBMITTALS 28 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 29 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any cement 30 treatment activities. 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A.Informational Submittals 23 1. Proposed source and supplier of cement treatment material. 24 2. Equipment Information 25 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 26 1) Equipment name and description 27 2) Size 28 3) Intended use 29 3. Cement Mix Design 30 a. Submit mix design detailing target cement content and optimum moisture 31 content in accordance with Tex-120-E. 42 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 2 A.Test and Evaluation Reports 3 1. All test reports generated during testing. 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 8 1. List the weight of cement measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 9 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 10 delivery of cement to the site. 11 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 12 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 13 66 00. 14 2. Store cement in closed, weatherproof containers. 15 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 16 A. Ambient Conditions 17 1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 18 45°F and rising. 19 B. Suspend cement treatment if: 20 1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 21 2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 22 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS 20 A. General 21 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 22 Drawings and this Section. 23 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 24 3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 25 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 26 B. Cement 27 1. Furnish cement in accordance with ASTM C150 Type I, II or IP. 34 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 1 C. Flexible Base Courses 2 1. Furnish base material in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 11 23 for 3 the type and grade specified in the Drawings, before the addition of cement. 4 D. Embankment 5 1. Furnish embankment in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 24 00 6 before the addition of cement. 7 E. Water 8 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 9 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 10 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 13 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 14 3.3 PREPARATION 15 A. Surface Preparation 16 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 17 accordance with the typical sections shown in the Drawings or as directed. 18 2. Proof roll roadbed in accordance with Paragraph 3.4 unless specified otherwise. 19 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 20 4. When material is imported from a borrow source manipulate and thoroughly mix 21 new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture before shaping. 22 B. Demolition / Removal 23 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown on the 24 Drawings. 25 3.4 INSTALLATION 26 A. General 27 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 28 a. Uniform Portland cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 29 b. Uniform density and moisture content 30 c. Well bound for full depth 31 d. With smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses 32 2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of cement treatment in single layer. 33 3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of cement treatment. 34 4. For treated subgrade exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix, 35 compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 36 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 1 B. Equipment 2 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 3 work. 4 2. Pulverization Equipment 5 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 6 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 7 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 8 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 9 3) Uniformly mixes the materials 10 3. Compaction 11 a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction purposes. 12 4. Proof rolling 13 a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 14 pump. 15 1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 16 minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 17 5. Slurry Equipment 18 a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 19 b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 20 6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 21 accordance with Section 01 25 00. 22 a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 23 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 24 C. Pulverization 25 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry 26 weight passes a 2 1/2 inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve 27 exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves. 28 2. No gravel or stone should be greater than 4 inches in maximum dimension. 29 3. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 30 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 31 processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 32 D. Application of Cement 33 1. General 34 a. Uniformly apply cement as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 35 b. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method uniformly on the soil at the rate 36 specified in the Drawings. 37 c. All the operations are to be continuous and completed in daylight within 6- 38 hours of initial application. 39 d. Do not exceed the quantity of cement that permits uniform and intimate mixture 40 of soil and cement during dry-mixing operations 41 e. No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass 42 over the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil. 43 2. Dry Placement 44 a. Before applying cement, bring the prepared roadbed to approximately 2 45 percentage points above optimum moisture content. CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 1 b. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by string lines or other approved 2 method during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement. 3 c. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind 4 conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous 5 to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 6 3. Slurry Placement 7 a. Apply slurry within 2 hours of adding water and when the roadbed is at a 8 moisture content drier than optimum. 9 b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 10 moisture and cement content have been achieved. 11 E. Mixing 12 1. Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment. 13 2. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free 14 from all clods and lumps. 15 3. Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation. 16 4. Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer. 17 5. After mixing City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 18 accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation 19 requirements: Sieve Size Minimum % Passing 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 20 F. Compaction 21 1. General 22 a. Begin compaction after mixing, and after gradation and moisture requirements 23 have been met. 24 b. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of the 25 mixture is uniformly compacted. 26 c. At start of compaction, percentage of moisture in the mixture and in un- 27 pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil- 28 cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. 29 d. Reconstruct entire section in accordance with this Section at the sole expense of 30 the Contractor if average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the 31 time of final compaction. 32 e. Uniformly compact the mixture to specified density within 2-hours. 33 f. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted uniformly apply water as 34 needed and thoroughly mix in. 35 g. Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. 36 h. Lightly scarify surface to loosen any imprint left by the compacting or shaping 37 equipment. 38 2. Rolling 39 a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, 40 overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. 41 b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the 42 high side. 43 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 1 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. 2 e. Proof roll the cement treated base course in accordance with the following: 3 1) Proof Rolling 4 a) City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 5 b) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 6 c) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 7 f. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non- 8 uniform areas in accordance with Article 3.6. 9 3. Density Control 10 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of 11 not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 12 D558. 13 b. Final moisture content shall be minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 14 G. Finishing 15 1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 16 2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 17 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 18 3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 19 4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small 20 increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained. 21 5. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the 22 course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown 23 in the Drawings or as directed. 24 6. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in 25 not more than 2-hours, a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose 26 material, conforming to the drawn grade and line shown in the Drawings. 27 7. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it 28 shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical 29 sections. 30 8. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or 31 other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro-fractures. 32 H. Micro-fracturing 33 1. Maintain moisture content of the finished cement treated base for a period of 24 to 34 48 hours. 35 2. During this time, but not sooner than 24 hours, roll the finished course with a 36 vibratory roller to induce micro-fracturing. 37 3. Rolling 38 a. Vibratory roller must have a static weight equal to or greater than 12 tons. 39 b. Vibratory roller must be at least 20 inches wide. 40 c. Make 2 to 4 passes vibrating at maximum amplitude traveling at a speed of 2 41 mph. 42 d. Additional passes may be required to achieve the desired cracking pattern, as 43 directed by the City. 44 e. Notify the City 24 hours before the micro-fracturing begins. 45 I. Curing 1 1. General CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 2 a. Cure for 72 hours after micro-fracturing is complete. 3 b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage 4 points below optimum. 5 2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type: 6 a. Concrete pavement: 7 1) Sprinkle with water 8 2) Maintain moisture during curing 9 3) Do not allow equipment on finished course during curing except as 10 required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved. 11 b. Asphalt Pavement: 12 1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 13 0.20 gallon per square yard. 14 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing 15 3. Continue curing until paving operations begin. 16 3.5 RESTORATION [NOT USED] 17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 18 A. Remedy any low area of treated subgrade by scarifying the surface to a depth of at least 19 2 inches, filling the area with treated material and compacting. 20 B. Remedy any low area of subbase or base by replacing the material for the full depth of 21 subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized material to the 22 completed work. 23 C. Reworking a Section 24 1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 25 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 26 2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 27 moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 28 is accepted. 29 a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 30 b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 31 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 32 A. Field Test and Inspections 33 1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 34 2. Density Test 35 a. City must be on site during density testing 36 b. Measure density of cement treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 37 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 38 d. City determines density testing locations. 39 3. Depth Test 40 a. City must be on site during density testing. 41 b. Measure depth of cement treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in 42 hand excavated holes. 43 c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE 7 A. Maintenance 8 1. Maintain the soil-cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts 9 work until all work shall is completed. 10 2. Maintenance includes immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the 11 cement is applied. 12 3. Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense and 13 repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. 14 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 17 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 SECTION 32 13 73 2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Sealants for Concrete Joints. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Joint sealant materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid 15 for directly. All items included with the testing and furnishing of joint sealants are 16 subsidiary to other pertinent items. 17 1.3 REFERENCES 18 A. Reference Standards Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section unless a date is specifically cited. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 23 a. ASTM D5249 – Standard Specification for Backer Material for Use with Cold 24 and Hot Applied Joint Sealants in Portland-Cement Concrete and Asphalt 25 Joints. 26 3. TxDOT Standards: 27 a. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Seals. 28 1.4 SUBMITTALS 29 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 30 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 31 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A. Product Data 33 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying concrete 34 joint sealants to be used on the project. 35 2. Product data sheets will include: 36 a. Manufacturer name 19 1. 20 21 22 2. 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 b. Date 2 c. Material description 3 d. Point of delivery 4 e. Produce data and test results in accordance with this Section 5 f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for PCE and all additives 6 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 7 h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 8 i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 9 1) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended addition 10 temperature 11 2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 12 3) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 13 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19 66 00. 20 B. Keep the material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 21 foreign matter. 22 C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 23 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS 24 A. Ambient Conditions 25 1. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 26 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29 2.2 MATERIALS 30 A. Joint Sealant 31 1. Provide joint sealants in accordance with DMS-6310 types 4, 5, 7, or 8 unless 32 otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 33 B. Backer Rod 34 1. Provide heat resistant backer rods conforming to ASTM D5249. The preferred 35 product is CERA-ROD by W.R. Meadows or approved equal. 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 2. The Contractor may request to use an alternative backer rod product in writing. If 2 requesting an alternative material, the alternative backer rod must comply with the 3 following: 4 a. The backer rod must not react with or bond to the sealant and must meet the 5 requirements of the sealant manufacturer. 6 b. Provide a backer rod with a diameter of at least 25 percent larger than the joint 7 reservoir width. 8 c. Backer rod materials must include closed-cell resilient foam; sponge rubber 9 stock of vinyl, butyl, or neoprene; and polyethylene or polyurethane. Backer 10 rods must also be flexible, lightweight, non-staining, heat-resistant, chemical- 11 resistant, ultraviolet-stable, non-absorbent, low density, and compressible foam. 12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 3.1 EQUIPMENT 16 A. Condition of Equipment 17 1. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 18 2. The condition is subject to the approval of the City. 19 3. If the equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 20 replacing the non-conforming equipment with conforming equipment at no cost to 21 the City. 22 4. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal and 23 replacement at no cost to the City. 24 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25 3.3 PREPARATION 26 A. Make a groove along the cracks to be sealed and rout the groove approximately 1/2- 27 inch-deep and 5/8-inch-wide, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 28 the City. 29 B. Remove all foreign material from the joint or groove reservoir. 30 C. Clean the joint by sandblasting or other approved methods. If directed, saw joint sides 31 to remove embedded foreign material in the concrete not removed by sandblasting. 32 D. Do not place sealant in a wet or damp joint or groove. Use approved drying method if 33 joints or grooves are sealed within 24 hours of rain. 34 E. Apply primer when required by the sealant manufacturer. Blow out joint or groove with 35 high pressure air or other approved methods before placing sealant. 36 3.4 INSTALLATION 37 A. After the joint is prepped, install sealant material. See Table 1 for different types of 38 joints and sealants to be used. 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 B. Install joint sealant per manufacturer’s recommendations. If backer rods are required, 2 install backer rods and sealant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 3 and this Section. 4 C. Backer Rods: 5 1. Install backer rod with a single-wheeled or three-wheeled roller, depending on 6 application. 7 2. Avoid stretching or puncturing the material. 8 3. Hold the backer rod in compression. 9 4. Provide a backer rod with a diameter 1/8 inch larger than the width of the joint for 10 joint widths up to 3/4 inch. For joints 3/4 inch and larger, add 1/4 inch to diameter 11 rod selection. 12 5. After backer rods are installed, apply sealants as necessary. 13 D. Remove and replace sealant when placed flush with or above the pavement surface. 14 Table 1 15 Types of Joints Requirements Joint Type Requirement Transverse Contraction Joints Backer Rods and Sealant Longitudinal Contraction Joint Sealant Longitudinal Construction Joints Sealant Expansion Joints Backer Rods and Sealant 16 E. Disposal of Materials: 17 1. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 18 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 34 80 00 Metal Litter Fence Poles Page 1 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs SECTION 34 80 00 1 Metal Litter Fence Poles 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, permits, incidentals, and 5 performing all work to carry out construction of the metal litter fence poles. 6 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 7 A. Measurement and Payment 8 1. Measurement 9 a. Materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the 10 installation of structures or item being installed. 11 2. Payment 12 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 13 subsidiary to the prices bid. 14 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED} 15 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20 A. Shop Drawings 21 1. Submit shop drawings. 22 2. Product Data 23 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer. 24 B. Informational Submittals: 25 1. Source Locations 26 a. Location of all material sources 27 2. Equipment Information 28 a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 29 1) Equipment name and description 30 2) Size 31 3) Intended use 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36 34 80 00 Metal Litter Fence Poles Page 2 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Manufacturer 6 1. Manufacturer of the pole shall be produce the a pole that meets the following: 7 a. a metal pole that is a minimum of 28 feet high, has a diameter of 8-5/8 inches 8 and have a wall thickness of 3/8 inches. 9 b. The pole shall also have a black paint coating that is weather resistant inhibit 10 rusting of the pole. 11 c. The pole shall also have a weather tight cap to prohibit the collection of 12 rainwater inside the pole. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS 17 A. Installers of the poles shall have prior professional experience with and equivalent 18 metal pole installation. 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 1. Installers shall be able to install the poles in accordance with the engineer provided 23 drawings and with the manufacturer’s instructions. 24 3.5 REPAIR 25 1. Any defect or damage to the poles, surrounding structure, or its related hardware 26 shall be repaired to the construction drawings and manufacturer’s specifications 27 prior to installation. 28 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 29 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33 34 80 00 Metal Litter Fence Poles Page 3 of 3 CSP 8915 Public Disposal Facility Repairs 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7